This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel products. Alcatel assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented. This document was originally written in english.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel products. Alcatel assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented. This document was originally written in english.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel products. Alcatel assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented. This document was originally written in english.
Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Release 1.0 Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Alcatel assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is subject to change without notice. Alcatel and the Alcatel logo are registered trademarks of Alcatel. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Copyright 2006 Alcatel. All rights reserved. Disclaimers Alcatel products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, licence or other distribution of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel, shall be at the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel harmless from any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the use, sale, licence or other distribution of the products in such applications. This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel product and contact the supplier for confirmation. Alcatel assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete information provided about non-Alcatel products. However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for Alcatel products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by Alcatel and its customers. This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Preface This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the Litespan-1540 Gigaethernet Controller. Scope This documentation set provides information about safety, features and functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1 commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures. Audience This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the Litespan-1540 Gigaethernet Controller. Prerequisite knowledge The reader must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Special information The following are examples of how special information is presented in this document. Danger Danger indicates that the described activity or situation may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high voltage or electric shock hazards. Warning Warning indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance problems. Caution Caution indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause service interruption. Note A note provides information that is, or may be, of special interest.
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedures with options or substeps When there are options in a procedure, they are identified by letters. When there are required substeps in a procedure, they are identified by Roman numerals. Procedure 1 Example of options in a procedure At step 1, you can choose option a or b. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates. 1 This step offers two options. You must choose one of the following: a This is one option. b This is another option. 2 You must perform this step.
iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure 2 Example of required substeps in a procedure At step 1, you must perform a series of substeps within a step. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates. 1 This step has a series of substeps that you must perform to complete the step. You must perform the following substeps: i This is the first substep. ii This is the second substep. iii This is the third substep. 2 You must perform this step. Measurement conventions Measurements in this document are expressed in imperial units. If metric measurements are included, they appear in brackets following the imperial measurement. The metric measurements follow the Systme international dunits (SI) standard for abbreviation of metric units. Contents Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Contents Preface 1 Scope .............................................................................................................................. 1 Audience .............................................................................................................................. 1 Prerequisite knowledge ......................................................................................................... 1 Safety information.................................................................................................................. 1 Documents ............................................................................................................................ 2 ETSI and ANSI release naming............................................................................................. 3 Special information................................................................................................................ 4 1 Introduction 1-1 1.1 Introduction........................................................................................................ 1-2 1.2 How to Use this Document ................................................................................ 1-2 Index List (IXL) IXL 100 Master Task Index List IXL 100-1 Non-Trouble Procedures (NTP) NTP 100 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration NTP 100-1 NTP 101 Script Files NTP 101-1 NTP 102 System Installation and Configuration NTP 102-1 NTP 103 Equipment Configuration NTP 103-1 NTP 104 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN NTP 104-1 NTP 105 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN NTP 105-1 Contents ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 106 Configure an IP Aware Bridge NTP 106-1 NTP 107 Configure an IP Router NTP 107-1 NTP 108 Service Installation NTP 108-1 NTP 109 Configuration of PPPoE Termination NTP 109-1 NTP 110 Add an iBridge User NTP 110-1 NTP 111 Add an IPoA User NTP 111-1 NTP 112 Add an IPoE User NTP 112-1 NTP 113 Add a PPPoE User NTP 113-1 NTP 114 Equipment Repair NTP 114-1 NTP 115 Monitor Alarms NTP 115-1 NTP 116 Software Management NTP 116-1 NTP 117 System Parameter Modification NTP 117-1 NTP 118 Performance Monitoring NTP 118-1 NTP 119 Service Adaptation NTP 119-1 NTP 120 Troubleshooting Commands NTP 120-1 NTP 121 CPE Management NTP 121-1 NTP 122 Cluster Management NTP 122-1 NTP 123 Secure Shell NTP 123-1 Contents Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 124 Maintain the System NTP 124-1 NTP 125 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User NTP 125-1 Detailed Level Procedures (DLP) DLP 100 Set up a CLI Session DLP 100-1 DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances DLP 101-1 DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters DLP 102-1 DLP 103 Configure System Parameters DLP 103-1 DLP 104 Configure Network Interfaces DLP 104-1 DLP 105 Configure Link Aggregation Usage DLP 105-1 DLP 106 Configure RSTP DLP 106-1 DLP 107 Configure OSPF DLP 107-1 DLP 108 Configure RIP DLP 108-1 DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management DLP 109-1 DLP 110 Manage Alarms DLP 110-1 DLP 111 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment DLP 111-1 DLP 112 Lock and Unlock Equipment DLP 112-1 DLP 113 Configure the Equipment DLP 113-1 Contents iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 114 NT Redundancy DLP 114-1 DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN DLP 115-1 DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN DLP 116-1 DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN DLP 117-1 DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN DLP 118-1 DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN DLP 119-1 DLP 120 Create an iBridge VLAN DLP 120-1 DLP 121 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN DLP 121-1 DLP 122 Create a Forwarding VRF DLP 122-1 DLP 123 Create a Router VRF DLP 123-1 DLP 124 Create an iBridge User DLP 124-1 DLP 125 Create an IPoA User DLP 125-1 DLP 126 Create an IPoE User DLP 126-1 DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User DLP 127-1 DLP 128 Add an LT to a VLAN DLP 128-1 DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles DLP 129-1 DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding DLP 130-1 DLP 131 Create an xDSL Bonding Group DLP 131-1 Contents Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub DLP 132-1 DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 DLP 133-1 DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 DLP 134-1 DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN DLP 135-1 DLP 136 Configure Multicast DLP 136-1 DLP 137 Configure IGMP Proxy DLP 137-1 DLP 138 Configure IGMP Snooping DLP 138-1 DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode DLP 139-1 DLP 140 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode DLP 140-1 DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode DLP 141-1 DLP 142 Configure the Security Domain DLP 142-1 DLP 143 Configure Local Authentication DLP 143-1 DLP 144 Configure RADIUS DLP 144-1 DLP 145 Configure 802.1x DLP 145-1 DLP 146 Configure PPPoE Relay DLP 146-1 DLP 147 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay DLP 147-1 DLP 148 Enable the PPPoE Server DLP 148-1 Contents vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Profiles DLP 149-1 DLP 150 Configure ARP Table Entry DLP 150-1 DLP 151 Shut down and Restart the SHub DLP 151-1 DLP 152 Reboot the System DLP 152-1 DLP 153 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment DLP 153-1 DLP 154 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table DLP 154-1 DLP 155 Monitor Alarms DLP 155-1 DLP 156 Management of the SHub Database DLP 156-1 DLP 157 Manage the SHub Database DLP 157-1 DLP 158 Management of the System Database DLP 158-1 DLP 159 Management of OSWP DLP 159-1 DLP 160 View Version of the SHub Software DLP 160-1 DLP 161 Software Licenses Counters DLP 161-1 DLP 162 Modify the External Management VLAN DLP 162-1 DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles DLP 163-1 DLP 164 Ping Command DLP 164-1 DLP 165 Traceroute Command DLP 165-1 DLP 166 Configure CPE Management DLP 166-1 Contents Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller vii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 167 Script Files DLP 167-1 DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters DLP 168-1 DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management DLP 169-1 DLP 170 Configure SSH DLP 170-1 DLP 171 EMS Management DLP 171-1 DLP 172 Create a Default Operator Profile DLP 172-1 DLP 174 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User DLP 174-1 DLP 175 Configure Single IP Address DLP 175-1 DLP 176 Configure the Default Security Domain DLP 176-1 Routine Task Procedure (RTP) RTP 100 Backup the Configuration RTP 100-1 RTP 101 Restore the Configuration RTP 101-1 RTP 102 Retrieve Remote Inventory RTP 102-1 Trouble Analysis Procedure (TAP) TAP 101 F5 Loopback Test TAP 101-1 TAP 102 Equipment Repair TAP 102-1 Contents viii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TAP 103 Single Ended Line Testing TAP 103-1 TAP 104 Fault isolation and troubleshooting TAP 104-1 Training (TNG) TNG 100 Service Installation TNG 100-1 TNG 101 QoS Configuration TNG 101-1 TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration TNG 102-1 TNG 103 VBAS TNG 103-1 TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration TNG 104-1 TNG 105 Overall Software Packages TNG 105-1 Glossary Index 1 Introduction Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 1 Introduction 1ii 1ii 1 Introduction ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 1.1 Introduction This document provides instructions on CLI operation and maintenance tasks and procedures for the Litespan-1540 Gigaethernet Controller. Throughout the document, the Litespan-1540 will be referred to as the Network Element (NE). See the CLI Commands document for more detailed information about the CLI command syntax. 1.2 How to Use this Document This document uses the task-oriented practice (TOP) method. The TOP method is a documentation system that supports the installation, operation, and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and software through different layers of documentation. Most layers in the TOP system are programmed documents that provide step-by-step instructions for the successful completion of a specific task or procedure. A task document is structured to provide information in such a way that both experienced and inexperienced users can effectively use the material to perform work assignments. Less-experienced users can refer to detailed step-by-step procedure documents referred to by the task document to easily comprehend and complete the task. Experienced users can bypass the procedure documents and use only the level of information they need to do the task. TOP layers The TOP documentation method uses the following layers: IXL Index List NTP Non-Trouble Procedure DLP Detailed Level Procedure RTL Routine Task List RTP Routine Task Procedure TAP Trouble Analysis Procedure TAD Trouble Analysis Data TNG Training Figure 1-1 shows the layers and logical path of the TOP documentation method. 1 Introduction Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Figure 1-1 TOP Layers and Documentation Path All layers do not apply to all documents. This document contains only contains the layers needed to complete operation and maintenance tasks and procedures specific to the NE through the EMS. Index List (IXL) The IXL lists each task and procedure (for example, Log on to the 5526 AMS), along with related supporting information and the identification number of the corresponding document (for example, DLP 500). This lets users know where to find the appropriate documentation. Non-Trouble Procedure (NTP) NTPs are procedures that describe how to perform a task (what to do), such as how to accept a system after it has been installed, turn up a system for service, or maintain a system according to a maintenance plan. NTPs are made up of steps that refer to detailed procedures (DLPs) or to supporting information (provided in TNGs). This allows inexperienced users (or experienced users who want more information) to go to the DLP or TNG for the additional information they need to complete the task. If user go to the referenced DLP or TNG, they must return to the NTP to continue the task. NTPs are typically referenced from the IXL. Detailed Level Procedure (DLP) A DLP describes how to perform a procedure. In addition to step-by-step information, DLPs contain any tables or illustrations that are required to perform the procedure. DLPs can be referenced from the IXL, an NTP, a lower-level TAP, another DLP, or from a TNG. When a DLP is completed, the user returns to the point from which the DLP was referenced. Task index List (IXL) or Overview Flowchart Non-Trouble Clearing Procedure (NTP) Trouble Analysis Procedure (TAP) User Training Package (TNG) Routine Task Procedure (RTP) Routine Task List (RTL) Trouble Analysis Data (TAD) Detailed Level Procedure (DLP) or Chart 1 Introduction iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Routine Task List (RTL) An RTL provides a listing of routine maintenance procedures (what to do). The detailed steps for each procedure listed in the RTL are provided in RTPs. RTLs are typically referenced from the IXL. Routine Task Procedure (RTP) An RTP describes how to perform a routine maintenance procedure. RTPs are typically referenced from an RTL, but references can be made from the IXL if there is no RTL. Trouble Analysis Procedure (TAP) TAPs are intended to help identify and clear trouble in the system. TAPs may be organized in levels (what and how to do). A high-level TAP is designed to categorize the trouble through a series of decisions and instructions. Once categorized, a lower-level TAP is referenced. This lower-level TAP addresses only the isolated topic and is structured to isolate and clear the trouble through a series of decisions and instructions without returning to the higher-level TAP. For inexperienced users (or experienced users who want more information), a TAP may provide a references to a TAD, DLP, or TNG. If users go to the referenced TAD, DLP, or TNG, they need to return to the TAP to continue the procedure. TAPs are typically referenced from the IXL or other TAPs. Trouble Analysis Data (TAD) A TAD contains supporting information (other than procedural steps) to be used as a trouble-clearing aid. It may be a functional schematic, text, or trouble-clearing chart. TADs are typically referenced from a TAP. Training (TNG) A TNG contains supplementary information about a task or procedure. TNGs are typically referenced from an IXL, but references are also made from other TOP layers such as NTPs and DLPs. Step Procedure Details NTPs, DLPs, RTPs, and TAPs use procedural steps and decision steps. Procedural steps provide instructions, and decision steps provide a go-to choice. Procedural steps may contain notations that refer to additional information such as notes, tables, figures, examples, and other procedures. 1 Introduction Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI All mandatory information required to complete a step is shown at the beginning of the step. Optional information, which can be accessed according to experience level, is enclosed in parentheses as shown in the example below: Log on to the system (for details, see DLP-500). The completion of a specific task or procedure is indicated as follows: STOP. This procedure is complete. 1 Introduction vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Index List (IXL) IXL 100 Master Task Index List
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI IXL 100 Master Task Index List Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI IXL 100 Master Task Index List Table 10000-1: Non-Trouble Procedures (NTPs) Title NTP number Add a PPPoE User NTP 113 Add an iBridge User NTP 110 Add an IPoA User NTP 111 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User NTP 125 Add an IPoE User NTP 112 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration NTP 100 Cluster Management NTP 122 CPE Management NTP 121 Configure an IP Aware Bridge NTP 106 Configure an IP Router NTP 107 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN NTP 104 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN NTP 105 Equipment Configuration NTP 103 Equipment Repair NTP 114 Monitor Alarms NTP 115 Performance Monitoring NTP 118 Configuration of PPPoE Termination NTP 109 Maintain the System NTP 124 Script Files NTP 101 Secure Shell NTP 123 Service Adaptation NTP 119 Service Installation NTP 108 Software Management NTP 116 System Installation and Configuration NTP 102 System Parameter Modification NTP 117 Troubleshooting Commands NTP 120 IXL 100 Master Task Index List ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Table 10000-2: Detailed Level Procedures (DLP) Title DLP number Add an LT or the subatm to a VLAN DLP 128 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN DLP 121 Configure 802.1x DLP 145 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN DLP 135 Configure ARP Table Entry DLP 150 Configure Cluster Management DLP 169 Configure CPE Management DLP 166 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode DLP 140 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm DLP 132 Configure IGMP Proxy DLP 137 Configure IGMP Snooping DLP 138 Configure Link Aggregation Usage DLP 105 Configure Local Authentication DLP 143 Configure Management IP Parameters DLP 102 Configure Multicast DLP 136 Configure Network Interfaces DLP 104 Configure OSPF DLP 107 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay DLP 147 Configure PPPoE Profiles DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Relay DLP 146 Configure QoS on L2 DLP 133 Configure QoS on L3 DLP 134 Configure RADIUS DLP 144 Configure RIP DLP 108 Configure RSTP DLP 106 Configure Single IP Address DLP 174 Configure SNMP and Trap Management DLP 109 Configure SSH DLP 170 Configure System Parameters DLP 103 Configure the Default Security Domain DLP 175 Configure the Equipment DLP 113 Configure the Security Domain DLP 142 Configure xDSL Bonding DLP 130 (1 of 3) IXL 100 Master Task Index List Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Create a C-VLAN DLP 117 Create a Default Operator Profile DLP 172 Create a Forwarding VRF DLP 122 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN DLP 116 Create a PPPoE User DLP 127 Create a Router VRF DLP 123 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table DLP 154 Create an iBridge User DLP 124 Create an iBridge VLAN DLP 120 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User DLP 173 Create an IPoA User DLP 125 Create an IPoE User DLP 126 Create an SC-VLAN DLP 119 Create an S-VLAN DLP 118 Create an xDSL Bonding Group DLP 131 Create Operator Profiles and Instances DLP 101 Create xDSL Profiles DLP 129 EMS Management DLP 171 Enable the PPPoE Server DLP 148 Lock and Unlock Equipment DLP 112 Manage Alarms DLP 110 Manage the SHub Database DLP 157 Management of OSWP DLP 159 Management of the SHub Database DLP 156 Management of the System Database DLP 158 Modify the External Management VLAN DLP 162 Modify the System Management IP Parameters DLP 168 Modifying xDSL Profiles DLP 163 Monitor Alarms DLP 155 NT Redundancy DLP 114 Ping Command DLP 164 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment DLP 111 Reboot the System DLP 152 Script Files DLP 167 Set up a CLI Session DLP 100 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment DLP 153 Title DLP number (2 of 3) IXL 100 Master Task Index List iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Table 10000-3: Routine Task Procedure (RTP) Table 10000-4: Trouble Analysis Procedure (TAP) Table 10000-5: Training (TNG) Shut down and Restart the SHub DLP 151 Software Licenses Counters DLP 161 Traceroute Command DLP 165 View Version of the SHub Software DLP 160 Title RTP number Backup the Configuration RTP 100 Restore the Configuration RTP 101 Retrieve Remote Inventory RTP 102 Title TAP number Equipment Repair TAP 102 F5 Loopback Test TAP 101 Fault isolation and troubleshooting TAP 103 Title TNG number DHCP Relay Agent Configuration TNG 104 IGMP and Multicast Configuration TNG 102 Overall Software Packages TNG 105 QoS Configuration TNG 101 Service Installation TNG 100 VBAS TNG 103 Title DLP number (3 of 3)
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Non-Trouble Procedures (NTP) NTP 100 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration NTP 101 Script Files NTP 102 System Installation and Configuration NTP 103 Equipment Configuration NTP 104 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN NTP 105 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN NTP 106 Configure an IP Aware Bridge NTP 107 Configure an IP Router NTP 108 Service Installation NTP 109 Configuration of PPPoE Termination NTP 110 Add an iBridge User NTP 111 Add an IPoA User NTP 112 Add an IPoE User NTP 113 Add a PPPoE User NTP 115 Monitor Alarms NTP 116 Software Management NTP 118 Performance Monitoring NTP 117 System Parameter Modification NTP 119 Service Adaptation NTP 120 Troubleshooting Commands NTP 121 CPE Management NTP 122 Cluster Management NTP 123 Secure Shell NTP 124 Maintain the System
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 125 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User NTP 100 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 100 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration Purpose This procedure provides the steps to set up a CLI session with the NE and create a user using the Alcatel-developed CLI. General Figure 10000-1 shows the management topology of the NE system. Figure 10000-1: Management Topology Table 10000-1 lists the three types of system managers. Table 10000-1: System Managers Manager type Description EMS Element Management System based on SNMP TL1 CT Craft Terminal using TL1 commands CLI CT Craft Terminal using Command Line Interface (CLI) commands SNMP based manager SNMP based manager TL1 craft terminal CLI craft terminal 17706 SNMP Mapper Application code LT shelf CLI agent TL1 Mapper Application code S Hub SNMP NTP 100 CLI Session Set up and User Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI See the CLI Commands and Messages document for detailed information about the CLI command syntax. The use of TL1 commands is still supported. Procedure Proceed as follows to set up the CLI session and configure the CLI users: 1 Set up a CLI session; see DLP 100. 2 Create and configure an Operator Profile; see DLP 101. 3 Create a default Operator Profile; see DLP 172. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 101 Script Files Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 101 Script Files Purpose A script file is a file containing CLI commands, which can be used to restore a configuration. A script file must follow the same syntax rules as commands entered interactively. Only the tab and the question mark lose their special meaning in a script, so command expansion and single-line help are not available. The script will be aborted if one of the commands in the script fails. A command may be preceded by a minus '-' to prevent the script from being aborted in case of a semantic error; for example, when you try to delete a node instance that does not exist. By default, a command script does not interact with the user. The execution of the script will be aborted if a command or filter requires interaction with the user. Interactivity can be enabled by specifying the interactive option with the exec command. Command scripts may not be nested. Procedure In order to use script files, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Create and execute script files; see DLP 167. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 101 Script Files ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 102 System Installation and Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 102 System Installation and Configuration Purpose There are two separate subsystems (the Line Termination (LT) shelf and the Service Hub (SHub)) that must be configured via separate commands. This document describes the procedure to be used to configure the system. Prerequisite A CLI session must have been set up; see DLP 100. Security Considerations Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the system: 1 Configure the network interfaces; see DLP 104. 2 Configure the management IP parameters; see DLP 102. Note: For the specific procedure on how to configure the system for single IP address; see DLP 174. 3 Configure the system parameters; see DLP 103. 4 Configure Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and trap management; see DLP 109. Note The following must be taken into account with regard to system security: It is NOT advised to use insecure management channels: CLI/Telnet, TL1/UDP, SNMPv1/2, dual IP address mode (only SNMPv1/2 on SHub), TFTP. If SNMPv1/2 is used anyway, it is advised not to use community string = public It is advised to use secure management channels (CLI/SSH, TL1/SSH, SNMPv3, single IP address mode, SFTP). This implies closing the insecure management channels! SHub ACLs must be configured to allow only AWS traffic to be routed to the NT OBC. Encryption via keys must be promoted compared to passwords NTP 102 System Installation and Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 5 Enable the management of EMS; see DLP 171. 6 Configure alarm management; see DLP 110. 7 Configure the link aggregation link usage; see DLP 105. 8 Configure Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) management; see DLP 106. 9 Configure Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) management; see DLP 107. 10 Configure Routing Information Protocol (RIP) management; see DLP 108. 11 Configure the SHub database save location and the restore source file; see DLP 157. 12 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 103 Equipment Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 103 Equipment Configuration Purpose This procedure provides the steps to plan, unplan, or replan the equipment and to lock or unlock the equipment. Some equipment-related items, such as the shelf, are auto-created at system startup and do not need to be created. However, they can be midfield. General The NE consists of a single shelf with plug-in units. You can perform the actions described in Table 10300-1 to configure the equipment. Table 10300-1: Configure plug-in units Procedure Proceed as follows to configure or modify the system equipment: 1 Plan, replan, or unplan equipment; see DLP 111. 2 Lock or unlock the equipment; see DLP 112. 3 Modify the configuration of the system equipment; see DLP 113. 4 Configure NT redundancy; see DLP 114. Action Description Planning equipment Planning a piece of equipment is possible before and after the equipment is physically present and detected by the system (at startup). The system verifies the configuration parameters and checks if the required equipment is available. Note: As long as equipment is not planned, it is impossible to offer service. Units and other equipment are only available from an operation and maintenance point of view. Unplanning equipment If necessary, you can unplan any equipment. Unplanning, however, may be rejected in case of hierarchical dependencies. For example, it is impossible to unplan a shelf as long as one or more units in it are still planned. Replanning equipment Replanning is done when changing the current equipment. Locking and unlocking equipment When necessary, you can lock any equipment, most often a unit, to put it out of service. Locking a unit renders it inactive. No traffic is generated or received by the units. However, the unit is not removed from the configuration, and as soon as you unlock the unit, it becomes active again. It goes back to operational mode without restart or initialization, and traffic can resume immediately. Similarly, you can power down the unit and restart it at a later time. In this case, however, the unit will go through a complete startup cycle before traffic is possible. NTP 103 Equipment Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 104 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 104 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN Purpose The NE supports several VLAN cross-connect models: Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) cross-connect: This is the most straightforward VLAN cross-connect model where a single VLAN ID at the EMAN side is associated with a given PVC at the user side. Any kind of traffic issued by the subscriber is passed transparently towards the network using the selected VLAN ID. Service provider VLAN (S-VLAN) cross-connect: VLAN stacking for business users Two levels of VLAN tags are used, allowing to support a hierarchical addressing: The customer VLAN: C-VLAN The service provider VLAN: S-VLAN In this mode, the S-VLAN ID at the EMAN side is associated with a single subscriber interface at the user side. The C-VLANs carried within the S-VLAN are passed transparently to the end user. This allows the end user to specify its own end-to-end connectivity, while remaining transparent for the EMAN. S-VLAN / C-VLAN cross-connect: VLAN stacking for residential users: The basic VLAN cross-connect mode suffers from the fact the that number of VLAN identifiers is limited to 4K. Since the VLAN is a EMAN wide identifier, one ends up with a scalability issue: there cannot be more than 4K end users connected to the whole EMAN. To solve this issue, two VLANs are stacked and the cross-connection is then performed on the combination (S-VLAN, C-VLAN) allowing to theoretically reach up to 16M end users. NTP 104 Configuration of a Cross-Connect VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure The procedures for creating a cross-connect VLAN are described in the following DLPs: 1 For the creation of a C-VLAN; see DLP 117. 2 For the creation of an S-VLAN; see DLP 118. 3 For the creation of an SC-VLAN; see DLP 119. 4 For the creation of an Qos aware VLAN; see DLP 135. 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 105 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 105 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN Purpose The concept of a VLAN in intelligent bridging (iBridge) mode is that multiple NSPs are each connected to the NE with a VLAN. The user ports are connected to the VLAN of their corresponding NSP. Note: The NE supports up to 128 iBridges. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an iBridge VLAN: 1 For the creation of an iBridge VLAN; see DLP 120. 2 Add the network interface to the iBridge VLAN; see DLP 121. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 105 Configuration of an iBridge VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 106 Configure an IP Aware Bridge Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 106 Configure an IP Aware Bridge Purpose In this mode, the NE can be seen as an IP Aware Bridge without being seen as an IP next-hop. Users connected to the NE are seen as being directly attached to the edge router IP interfaces. The end-users use the IP address of the edge router as their default gateway, while the IP edge router sees the end-user subnets as directly attached networks. The NE sits in between and perform packet forwarding at L3. This procedure provides the steps to configure an IP aware bridge on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an IP aware bridge: 1 Create a forwarder Virtual Routing Forwarding (VRF); see DLP 122. 2 For each of the n Network Service Providers (NSP), create a L2 terminated forwarder VLAN; see DLP 115. 3 Add the network interfaces to the L2 terminated forwarder VLANs; see DLP 121. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 106 Configure an IP Aware Bridge ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 107 Configure an IP Router Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 107 Configure an IP Router Purpose In this mode, the NE is seen as an IP next-hop by the edge routers to route the IP packets to the users connected to the Litespan. A single Virtual Router can be configured in this mode, which can co-exist in the same system with a number of VRs that are configured in IP Aware Bridge mode (see NTP 106). At the user side of the system (xDSL line), unnumbered IP interfaces are used, while user subnets are configured on a user gateway interface. In order to achieve max efficiency in the allocation of IP addresses, several users (on different xDSL lines) can share a same subnet. Host routes towards the end-user devices are either dynamically created in the NE in case of dynamic DHCP or PPPoE sessions, or statically provisioned in case of static IP address assignment. Towards the network, IP interfaces are numbered (meaning that the NE IP addresses and subnets are configured). This procedure provides the steps to configure an IP router on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an IP router: 1 Create a router VRF; see DLP 123. 2 Create a L2 terminated router VLAN; see DLP 116. 3 Add the network interfaces to the bridged VLAN; see DLP 121. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 107 Configure an IP Router ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 108 Service Installation Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 108 Service Installation Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure the following services on the NE: Quality of Service (QoS) Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) and multicast Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) relay agent and Option 82 Authentication Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) configuration Layer 2 Control Protocol (L2CP) session. Procedure To configure a service, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Configure xDSL profiles; see DLP 129. 2 Configure QoS: i For the configuration of a QoS aware VLAN; see DLP 135. ii For the configuration of QoS on L2; see DLP 133. iii For the configuration of QoS on L3; see DLP 134. 3 Configure IGMP and multicast: i For the configuration of multicast; see DLP 136. ii For the configuration of IGMP proxy on the LT; see DLP 137. iii For the configuration of IGMP snooping on the SHub; see DLP 138. NTP 108 Service Installation ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 4 Configure DHCP Relay: i For the configuration of the DHCP relay agent in iBridge mode; see DLP 139. ii For the configuration of the DHCP relay agent in router mode; see DLP 140. iii For the configuration of the DHCP relay agent in forwarder mode; see DLP 141. 5 Configure the authentication settings: i For the configuration of the security domain: see DLP 142. ii For the configuration of local authentication; see DLP 143. iii For the configuration of RADIUS; see DLP 144. iv For the configuration of 802.1x authentication; see DLP 145. 6 Configure the PPP relay settings: i For the configuration of PPPoE relay; see DLP 146. ii For the configuration of PPPoA-PPPoE relay; see DLP 147. 7 Configure an L2CP session; see DLP 177. 8 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 109 Configuration of PPPoE Termination Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 109 Configuration of PPPoE Termination Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) on the NE. Procedure To configure PPPoE termination, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 For the configuration of the PPPoE server; see DLP 148. 2 For the configuration of PPPoE profiles; see DLP 149. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 109 Configuration of PPPoE Termination ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 110 Add an iBridge User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 110 Add an iBridge User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to add an iBridge user on the NE. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an iBridge user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. The xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An iBridge VLAN should be created; see DLP 120. Procedure Proceed as follows to add an iBridge user: 1 Add the LT to the VLAN, for the first user to be created on the LT for that VLAN; see DLP 128. 2 Create an iBridge user; see DLP 124. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 110 Add an iBridge User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 111 Add an IPoA User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 111 Add an IPoA User Purpose An IPoA user interface is a L2 interface created on a PVC which is configured in RFC2684 LLCSNAP routed or RFC2684 VC-MUX routed encapsulation modes. An IPoA interface is attached to a Virtual Router (VR) by configuring an unnumbered IP interface on top of it. The VR is always determined via configuration. Multiple user sessions (or users) may exist on the same IPoA interface. A session corresponds to all the traffic originating from or destined to a host whose IP address is seen by the NE in the customer environment. This procedure provides the steps to add an IPoA user on the NE. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoA user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been created. Procedure Proceed as follows to add an IPoA user: 1 If the first IPoA user to be created on a VLAN needs DHCP, configure the VRF for DHCP; see DLP 140. 2 Create an IPoA user; see DLP 125. 3 Add the LT to the virtual VLAN, for the first user to be created on the LT for that VLAN; see DLP 128. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 111 Add an IPoA User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 112 Add an IPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 112 Add an IPoE User Purpose An IPoE(oA) user interface is a L2 interface created on a PVC which is configured in RFC2684 LLCSNAP bridged or RFC2684 VC-MUX bridged encapsulation modes. An IPoE(oA) interface is attached to a VR by configuring an unnumbered IP interface on top of it. The VR is always determined via configuration (802.1x authentication is not supported in combination with IP forwarding). Multiple user sessions (or users) may exist on the same IPoE(oA) interface. A session corresponds to all traffic originated from or destined to a host whose IP addressis seen by the NE in the customer environment. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoA user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been created. Procedure Proceed as follows to add an IPoE user: 1 If the first IPoE user to be created on a VLAN needs DHCP, configure the VRF for DHCP; see DLP 140. 2 Create an IPoE user; see DLP 126. 3 Add the LT to the correct VLAN (service), for the first user to be created on the LT for that VLAN; see DLP 128. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 112 Add an IPoE User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 113 Add a PPPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 113 Add a PPPoE User Purpose A PPPoE(oA) user interface is a L2 interface created on a PVC which is configured in RFC2684 LLCSNAP bridged or RFC2684 VC-MUX bridged encapsulation modes. A PPPoE session is an unnumbered IP interface established by a user on a PPPoE(oA) interface. IP interface is a notion to group traffic and treat as a single entity for different purposes being authentication, accounting, service provisioning, and security. Multiple PPPoE sessions can be established on the same PPPoE(oA) interface. The system can also limit the max number of PPPoE session per PPPoE(oA) via configuration. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an PPPoE user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been created. PPPoE termination (that is, enabling PPPoE server and configuration of PPPoE profiles) must have been configured; see NTP 109. Procedure Proceed as follows to add a PPPoE user: 1 Create a PPPoE user; see DLP 127. 2 Add the LT to the correct VLAN (service), for the first user to be created on the LT for that VLAN; see DLP 128. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 113 Add a PPPoE User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 115 Monitor Alarms Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 115 Monitor Alarms Purpose This procedure provides the steps to monitor the alarms on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to monitor the alarms: 1 Create an alarm snapshot table; see DLP 154. 2 Monitor the alarms; see DLP 155. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 115 Monitor Alarms ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 116 Software Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 116 Software Management Purpose This procedure provides the steps to perform software management on the NE. Procedure The following steps can be used to perform software management: 1 Management of the NT and SHub database; see RTP 100. 2 Management of the Overall Software Packages; see DLP 159. 3 Management of the SHub software; see DLP 160. 4 Management of the software licenses; see DLP 161. 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 116 Software Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 117 System Parameter Modification Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 117 System Parameter Modification Purpose This procedure lists the procedures for system parameter modification. Procedure Proceed as follows to modify system parameters: 1 Modify the management IP parameters; see DLP 168. 2 Change the external management VLAN; see DLP 162. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 117 System Parameter Modification ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 118 Performance Monitoring Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 118 Performance Monitoring Purpose This procedure provides the commands for performance monitoring on the NE. Note: For more information on the command syntax and the comand parameters, refer to the CLI Commands and Messages. Procedure The following steps can be used for performance monitoring: 1 Use the following commands to show the xDSL counters: show xdsl counters near-end line current-interval (if-index) detail show xdsl counters far-end line current-interval (if-index) detail show xdsl counters near-end line current-1day (if-index) detail show xdsl counters far-end line current-1day (if-index) detail show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval (if-index) detail show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval (if-index) detail show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day (if-index) detail show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day (if-index) detail Note: The previous-1day counters are not available until 96 15-min intervals (that is, 24 hours) have passed. Example: show xdsl counters near-end line current-interval 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters far-end line current-interval 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters near-end line current-1day 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters far-end line current-1day 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day 1/1/4/1 detail show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day 1/1/4/1 detail NTP 118 Performance Monitoring ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Use the following commands to show the ATM counters: show atm tc-current-int one-day (port) show atm tc-current-int fifteen-min (port) Example: show atm tc-current-int one-day 1/1/4/1 show atm tc-current-int fifteen-min 1/1/4/1 3 Use the following command to show the bridge port counters: show interface port bridge-port (port) detail Example: show interface port bridge-port 1/1/4/1:8:35 detail 4 Use the following commands to show the link aggregation counters: show la aggregator-info (port) show la aggregator-list (port) Example: show la aggregator-info 4 show la aggregator-list 4 5 Use the following command to show the RSTP counters: show rstp port-info (port) Example: show rstp port-info 4 NTP 118 Performance Monitoring Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 6 Use the following command to show the SHub Ethernet port statistics: show bridge shub-port (port) Example: show bridge shub-port 4 7 Use the following commands to show the PPPoE statistics: show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt (port) show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt (port) show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats (port) show pppoe ppp-statistics (port) Example: show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt 1/1/4/1:8:35 show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt 1/1/4/1:8:35 show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats 1/1/4/1:8:35 show pppoe ppp-statistics 1/1/4/1:8:35 8 Use the following command to show the QoS statistics: show qos statistics buffer-overflow total 1/1/4 Example: show qos statistics buffer-overflow total 1/1/4 9 Use the following command to show the IGMP statistics: show igmp channel counter (port) Example: show igmp channel counter 1/1/4/1:8:35 10 Use the following command to show the IP forwarding statistics: show ip vrf-statistics (vrf-id) Example: show ip vrf-statistics 17 11 Use the following command to show the IP SHub ARP Statistics per VRF forwarding statistics: show ip shub arp (vrf-id) Example: show ip shub arp 17 NTP 118 Performance Monitoring iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 12 Use the following commands to show the DHCP relay port counters and the statistics of DHCP relay agent per VRF: show dhcp-relay port (port-interface) show dhcp-relay shub vrf-agent-stats (vrf) Example: show dhcp-relay port 1/1/4/3:8:35 show dhcp-relay shub vrf-agent-stats 18 13 Use the following commands to show the PPoX relay statistics: show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics engine (vlan-id) show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics client-port (client-port) show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics engine (vlan-id) show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics client-port (client-port) Example: show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics engine 600 show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics client-port 1/1/4/3:8:35 show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics engine 600 show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics client-port 1/1/4/3:8:35 14 Use the following commands to show the RADIUS statistics: show security radius auth-server auth-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> show security radius acc-server acc-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> Example: show security radius auth-server auth-stats AuthServ1 vrf-index 50 show security radius acc-server acc-stats AccServ1 vrf-index 50 15 Use the following command to show the EAPOL statistics: show security pae eapol-stats (port) Example: show security pae eapol-stats 1/1/4/3:8:35 NTP 118 Performance Monitoring Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 16 Use the following command to show the statistics related to the SNMP protocol: show transport snmp protocol-stats 17 Use the following command to show the MAU statistics: show transport ether-ifmau (if-index) index <Transport::Index> Example: show transport ether-ifmau 2 index 4 18 Use the following command to show the SHub L2 information: show transport shub mac (index-num) Example: show transport shub mac 300 19 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 118 Performance Monitoring vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 119 Service Adaptation Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 119 Service Adaptation Purpose This procedure provides the steps to adapt the following services on the NE: xDSL profiles Procedure To configure a service, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Modify an xDSL profile; see DLP 163. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 119 Service Adaptation ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 120 Troubleshooting Commands Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 120 Troubleshooting Commands Purpose The following troubleshooting commands can be used: Ping: The ping command lets you verify that a particular IP address exists and can accept requests. Ping is used diagnostically to ensure that a host computer you are trying to reach is actually operating. Ping can also be used with a host that is operating to see how long it takes to get a response back. Traceroute: Traceroute is a utility that traces the route in the network for an IP address. It also calculates and displays the amount of time each hop took. The utility initiates the sending of a packet (using the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)), including in the packet a Time To Live (TTL) value that is designed to be exceeded by the first router that receives it, which will return a Time Exceeded message. This enables traceroute to determine the time required for the hop to the first router. Increasing the time limit value, it sends the packet again so that it will reach the second router in the path to the destination, which returns another Time Exceeded message, and so forth. Traceroute determines when the packet has reached the destination by including a port number that is outside the normal range. When it's received, a Port Unreachable message is returned, enabling traceroute to measure the time length of the final hop. As the tracerouting progresses, the records are displayed for you hop by hop. Procedure The following troubleshooting commands can be used: 1 Ping command; see DLP 164. 2 Traceroute command; see DLP 165. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 120 Troubleshooting Commands ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 121 CPE Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 121 CPE Management Purpose The Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) management functionality allows to troubleshoot a CPE at all protocol layers when troubles are experienced with either misconfiguration of the CPE or with the end-user's terminals. It allows to have a clear indication if a problem is situated before or after the demarcation point of a telecom carriers responsibility. Additionally, CPE management offers the possibility to control the SW upgrade of CPEs by downloading from the network. The function of xDSL CPE remote management includes configuration, monitoring, maintenance and upgrade of xDSL Remote Terminal. The network reference model is illustrated in Figure 12100-1. Figure 12100-1: Network Reference Model The CPE-MM is responsible for the management of CPE. The following interfaces are defined: LMI: interface between NE and CPE RMI: interface between CPE-MM and NE Network Management Entity User Management Entity CPE-MM RMI ISAM LMI xDSL CPE NTP 121 CPE Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Three channels ar present on the LMI interface: Service data channel: This channel is used to carry data traffic (for example, HSI traffic). Basic management channel: This channel is used to carry CPE remote management information. Auxiliary management channel: This channel is used to carry SW download, PPPoE testing, PING testing, bandwidth testing and so on. The NE relays the SNMP messages between CPE-MM and CPE. Procedure To configure CPE management, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Configure CPE management; see DLP 166. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 122 Cluster Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 122 Cluster Management Support Cluster management is supported on the Litespan. Purpose To simplify the management workload of the operator, cluster management groups multiple Litespan as one logical management domain. The logical management domain of a cluster is formed by a physically interconnected group of Litespan. The operator can organize its clusters according to, for example, physical location. Topology display will present the connectivity and status of Litespan in a connected environment, possibly over more than one cluster. Moreover, separately managed Litespan use more public IP addresses, which are limited. NTP 122 Cluster Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Figure 12200-1 shows an example of the cluster management topology. Figure 12200-1: Cluster Management Topology Procedure To configure cluster management, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Configure the cluster; see DLP 169. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 123 Secure Shell Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 123 Secure Shell Purpose Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol that provides authentication, encryption, and data integrity to secure network communications. On top of this protocol, Secure Shell implementations offer secure replacements for rsh, rlogin, rcp, ftp, and telnet, all of which transmit data over the network as clear text. The Secure Shell protocol consists of several subprotocols: SSH Transport Protocol This subprotocol is responsible for setting up the secure channel that can be used by the other SSH subprotocols. The SSH transport protocol handles secure key exchange, server authentication, encryption, replay, and integrity protection. It runs on top of any reliable transport protocol (for example, TCP). SSH User Authentication Protocol This subprotocol provides client-side user authentication. It runs on top of the SSH Transport protocol. SSH Connection Protocol This subprotocol provides interactive login sessions and forwarded TCP connections. Procedure To configure the SSH functionality, you need to perform the following tasks: 1 Configure the SSH functionality; see DLP 170. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 123 Secure Shell ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 124 Maintain the System Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 124 Maintain the System Purpose This NTP provides the steps for system maintenance of the NE. Procedure Perform this procedure to maintain the system: 1 Back up the system configuration; see RTP 100. 2 Restore the system configuration; see RTP 101. 3 Retrieve the remote inventory; see RTP 102. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 124 Maintain the System ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 125 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI NTP 125 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User Purpose An Inter-Working Layer (IWL) is created on a PVC that is configured in RFC2684 LLC-SNAP routed or RFC 2684 VC-MUX routed encapsulation modes. Only one C-VLAN or SC-VLAN is configured in cross-connect mode. This VLAN must then be associated with a bridge port, which is created on the same PVC as the IWL. This procedure provides the steps to add an IPoA Cross-Connect User on the NE. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoA cross-connect user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. Procedure Proceed as follows to add an IPoA cross-connect user: 1 Create an IPoA cross- connect user; see DLP 173. 2 Create a C-VLAN or SC-VLAN; see DLP 117 or DLP 119. Note: Ignore the configuration of an xDSL line within DLP 117 or DLP 119: 3-i, 3-ii, 3-iii, and 3-iv. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. NTP 125 Add an IPoA Cross-Connect User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Detailed Level Procedures (DLP) DLP 100 Set up a CLI Session DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters DLP 103 Configure System Parameters DLP 104 Configure Network Interfaces DLP 105 Configure Link Aggregation Usage DLP 106 Configure RSTP DLP 107 Configure OSPF DLP 108 Configure RIP DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management DLP 110 Manage Alarms DLP 111 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment DLP 112 Lock and Unlock Equipment DLP 113 Configure the Equipment DLP 114 NT Redundancy DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN DLP 120 Create an iBridge VLAN DLP 121 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN DLP 122 Create a Forwarding VRF DLP 123 Create a Router VRF
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 124 Create an iBridge User DLP 125 Create an IPoA User DLP 126 Create an IPoE User DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User DLP 128 Add an LT or the subatm to a VLAN DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding DLP 131 Create an xDSL Bonding Group DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN DLP 136 Configure Multicast DLP 137 Configure IGMP Proxy DLP 138 Configure IGMP Snooping DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode DLP 140 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode DLP 142 Configure the Security Domain DLP 143 Configure Local Authentication DLP 144 Configure RADIUS DLP 145 Configure 802.1x DLP 146 Configure PPPoE Relay DLP 147 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay DLP 148 Enable the PPPoE Server DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Profiles DLP 150 Configure ARP Table Entry
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 151 Shut down and Restart the SHub DLP 152 Reboot the System DLP 153 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment DLP 154 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table DLP 155 Monitor Alarms DLP 156 Management of the SHub Database DLP 157 Manage the SHub Database DLP 158 Management of the System Database DLP 159 Management of OSWP DLP 160 View Version of the SHub Software DLP 161 Software Licenses Counters DLP 162 Modify the External Management VLAN DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles DLP 164 Ping Command DLP 165 Traceroute Command DLP 166 Configure CPE Management DLP 167 Script Files DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management DLP 170 Configure SSH DLP 171 EMS Management DLP 172 Create a Default Operator Profile DLP 173 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User DLP 174 Configure Single IP Address DLP 175 Configure the Default Security Domain
iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 100 Set up a CLI Session Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 100 Set up a CLI Session Purpose This procedure provides the steps to set up a CLI session with the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to set up a CLI session: 1 Enter LOGIN to start up the command line interface. The logon prompt appears. 2 After the question Would you like a CLI(C) or a TL1 login(T) or TL1 normal session(N)? [N]:, type C and press Enter. 3 Enter the default user name and password that were provided to you with the system. If you do not have the default user name and password, contact Alcatel technical support. Note 1: For security purposes, change the default user name and password. The system will prompt you to do this when you log in for the first time. Note 2: For remote CLI, after you set up the management channel, you can set up a remote CLI session using Telnet. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 100 Set up a CLI Session ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances Purpose Before an operator instance can be created, an operator profile must be created An operator profile determines most of the properties of the operator. It is used to limit the commands a group of operators can execute to those for which they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible. This document describes the procedure to configure and create an operator profile and to create an operator instance. Operator Profile Rules The following rules apply to an operator profile: The permissions of an operator profile cannot be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile. The operator profile is assigned at the moment the operator is created. It cannot be changed afterwards. If an operator profile needs to be changed, then the operators with this operator profile must first be deleted. Only then can the properties of the profile be changed. Password Rules The following rules apply to a plain text password: the password must consist of a minimum of 6 and a maximum of 20 characters the password must contain a minimum of 1 non-alphanumeric character a new password must be different from the last three passwords Never specify a new password in an encrypted format, because you can enter any hexadecimal string that is not necessarily linked to a password. It is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted string. This method of specifying passwords is only intended to restore an existing configuration. An operator will be requested to enter a new password after logging in for the first time after a password change. Procedure Proceed as follows to create an operator instance: 1 Create and configure the operator profile to which the operator will belong with the following command: configure system security profile (name) (no) prompt <Sec::Prompt> DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> (no) terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> (no) description <Sec::ProfileDesc> (no) aaa <Sec::Aaa> (no) atm <Sec::Atm> (no) alarm <Sec::Alarm> (no) dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> (no) equipment <Sec::Equipment> (no) igmp <Sec::Igmp> (no) ip <Sec::Ip> (no) pppoe <Sec::Pppoe> (no) qos <Sec::Qos> (no) software-mngt <Sec::Sw> (no) transport <Sec::Transport> (no) vlan <Sec::Vlan> (no) xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> (no) security <Sec::Security> 2 Create an operator instance with the following command: configure system security operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password prompt | plain: <Sec::PlainPassword> | encrypted: <Sec::EncryptedPassword> (no) prompt <Sec::Prompt> (no) description <Sec::OperatorDesc> (no) more 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure system security profile (superuser) no prompt password-timeout 10 terminal-timeout 30 description superuser aaa read atm read alarm write no dhcp equipment write no igmp cpeproxy write ip write pppoe write qos write software-mngt write transport write vlan write xdsl write security write configure system security operator (Jim Phelps MI) profile superuser password plain: slfdestr&5secs prompt:# description:Operator for MI DLP 101 Create Operator Profiles and Instances iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters Purpose This document describes the procedure to configure the system management IP parameters. Security Considerations Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the system management IP parameters: 1 The system can receive an IP address either statically by manual configuration or dynamically via BOOTP. Configure the host IP address of the system with the following command: configure system management host-ip-addr bootp | manual:<Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthHost> Note 1: In case of manual configuration of the IP addres: If the system IP address is not configured (default 0.0.0.0), the users session setup requests are refused. Note 2: In case of dynamic configuration via BOOTP: you can view the IP address that you recieved from the server with the following command: show transport ip-address 2 Configure the default route of the system with the following command: configure system management default-route (default-route) Note The following must be taken into account with regard to system security: It is NOT advised to use insecure management channels, such as dual IP address mode. It is advised to use secure management channels, such as single IP address mode. This implies closing the insecure management channels! DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure the SHub IP address with the following command: configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> 4 The default IP address, subnet mask and default gateway will only take only effect when the configuration is stored and restored. i Save the changes on the NT disk with the following command: admin software-mngt shub database save ii Restart the Shub with the following command: admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset Note 1: Restarting the Shub also assigns this IP address to the management VLAN. Note 2: By default, the system will start up in dual IP address mode. You can set the mode to single IP address; refer to DLP 103, step 1. 5 Specify the set of ports which are statically allocated as egress ports for the SHub management VLAN with the following command: configure vlan shub id 4093 egress-port (port) 6 Specify the egress ports which should transmit packets for the SHub management VLAN as untagged with the following command: configure vlan shub id 4093 untag-port (network-port) 7 Configure the bridge port with the following command: configure bridge shub port (network-port) pvid 4093 8 Save the changes on the NT disk with the following command : admin software-mngt shub database save 9 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration examples: Configuration example for dynamic configuration via BOOTP: configure system management host-ip-addr bootp configure system management no default-route configure system shub entry ip ip-cfg-mode dynamic admin software-mngt shub database save admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset Configuration example for static configuration via manual configuration: configure system management host-ip-addr manual:192.168.203.189/24 configure system management default-route 192.168.203.1 configure interface shub ip 4093 ip-addr 192.168.203.190/24 admin software-mngt shub database save admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset DLP 102 Configure Management IP Parameters iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 103 Configure System Parameters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 103 Configure System Parameters Purpose This document decribes the procedure to configure system parameters on the system and on the SHub, such as: System and SHub ID SNTP date and time system clock management error log handling. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the system parameters: 1 Configure the system ID parameters with the following command: configure system id <Sys::systemId> name <PrintableString-0-255> location <PrintableString-0-255> contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> (no) en-snmp-auth-traps <Transport::SnmpAuthTraps> (no) ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate> mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::Range> (no) single-public-ip 2 Configure the SHub ID with the following command: configure system shub entry id contact <PrintableString> location <PrintableString> 3 Configure SNTP on the LT shelf with the following command: configure system sntp server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> (no) server-port <Sys::portNumber> (no) polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> (no) enable 4 If necessary, set the system time with the following command: admin sntp system-time <Sys::Time> 5 Configure the clock source priority scheme and the external clock source (as E1 or DS1, or 2048Khz) with the following command: configure system clock-mgmt (no) priority-scheme <Sys::SysClkSrcPriorityScheme> DLP 103 Configure System Parameters ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) ext-source <Sys::SysClkExtSource> 6 Configure error log handling with the following command: configure error (no) log-full-action <Error::errorLogFullAction> 7 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system id 1207 name Test_Asam location Magabir contact-person Ewan Tendunnit (Phone ext 345) mgnt-vlan-id 100 system-mac 99:62:12:34:56:5B/98:45:43:6B:35:78/24 single-public-ip configure system shub entry id contact Hugh Shuckman (Phone ext 003) location Magabir configure system sntp server-ip-addr 192.168.234.123 server-port 234 polling-rate 2400 enable admin sntp system-time <2005-05-31:11:50:30> configure system clock-mgmt priority-scheme external-local ext-source khz2048 configure error log-full-action wrap DLP 104 Configure Network Interfaces Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 104 Configure Network Interfaces Purpose At startup, the ports on the SHub are set to unused. In order to allow a management connection, one of the ports (typically port 1) should be set to network port. This procedure provides the steps to set the network ports. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the network interfaces: 1 Set the network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) (no) mode automatic | 10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps | full | half (no) port-type <Sys::Type> (no) mc-flooding 2 Once the port has been configured, the administrative status of the port must be set to up with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure interface shub port 1 mode 100mbps:full port-type network configure interface shub port 1 admin-status auto-up DLP 104 Configure Network Interfaces ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 105 Configure Link Aggregation Usage Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 105 Configure Link Aggregation Usage Purpose Link aggregation or trunking is a method of combining physical network links into a single logical link for increased bandwidth. The following link aggregation combinations can be used in the NE: Network links: For a GE type link, an aggregation can exist of maximum 7 component links. For an FE type link, an aggregation can exist of maximum 7 component links. Subtending links: For a GE type link, an aggregation can exist of maximum 2 component links For an FE type link, an aggregation can exist of maximum 3 component links. Note: Link aggregation cannot be used for user links. This document describes the procedure to configure the link aggregation usage. General This node allows to specify the Link Aggregation Group parameters. A Link Aggregation Group is identified by means of the primary link, also referred to as aggregator-port. The primary link for an Aggregation Group is the link with the lowest port number within the group, provided the operational state of the link is UP. The configuration should be performed for the primary link. The settings configured for the primary link of the Aggregation Group apply to each and every link that is a member of the Link Aggregation Group. The link which is denoted as primary link may change during the lifetime of the aggregation group. To cope with this phenomenon, the operator is advised to repeat the configurations described in this procedure for each link of the Aggregation Group. Care must be taken to configure identical settings for all links within the Aggregation Group. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure link aggregation link usage: 1 Specify the Link Aggregation Group parameters with the following command: configure la aggregator-port (network-port) name <Shub::AggName> (no) link-up-down-trap (no) actor-sys-prio <Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> selection-policy <Shub::AggSelectPolicy> actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> (no) actor-port-prio <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> DLP 105 Configure Link Aggregation Usage ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) active-lacp (no) short-timeout (no) aggregatable lacp-mode <Shub::LacpMode> Example: configure la aggregator-port 1 name test_trunk actor-key 12345 actor-port-prio 101 active-lacp short-timeout aggregatable lacp-mode enable-lacp configure la aggregator-port 2 name test_trunk actor-key 12345 actor-port-prio 101 active-lacp short-timeout aggregatable lacp-mode enable-lacp 2 Use the following command to configure Link Aggregation on the SHub. It merely allows to enable or disable the Link Aggregation feature.: configure la no disable-lacp Note: this command is only necessary if the LA system was shut down manually. By default , Link Aggregation is enabled. 3 If necessary, use the following command to disable Link Aggregation: configure la disable-lacp 4 View information for a Link Aggregation Group configured on the Service Hub with the following command: show la aggregator-info (port) Example: show la aggregator-info l 5 View information for a member of a Link Aggregation Group configured on the Service Hub with the following command: show la network-port-info (port) Example: show la network-port-info l 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 106 Configure RSTP Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 106 Configure RSTP Purpose The NE can be configured with several network interfaces. They can be used to connect the NE to multiple Ethernet switches. The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is a link management protocol that provides path redundancy while preventing undesirable loops in the network. This procedure provides the steps to configure RSTP management on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure RSTP management: 1 Specify RSTP settings applicable to the SHub with the following command: configure rstp (no) disable-rstp (no) priority <Shub::RstpPriority> (no) max-age <Shub::RstpMaxAge> (no) hello-time <Shub::RstpHello> (no) forward-delay <Shub::RstpFwdDelay> (no) version <Shub::RstpVersion> (no) tx-hold-count <Shub::RstpTxHold> path-cost-type <Shub::RstpPathCost> Note: Parameters in this command are settings that apply to the bridge as a whole. DLP 106 Configure RSTP ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Specify RSTP settings applicable to a particular port of the SHubwith the following command: configure rstp network-port (port) (no) priority <Shub::RstpPortPriority> (no) disable-stp path-cost <Shub::PortPathCost> (no) edge-port (no) admin-p2p <Shub::AdminP2p> Note: RSTP operates on a port rather than on a VLAN. 3 In addition to the previous configuration command, there is a need to trigger a specific SHub Port to revert to RSTP protocol, versus stp-compatible protocol. Use the following command: admin bridge rstp port (port) (clear-det-proto) Note: RSTP operates on a port rather than on a VLAN. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure rstp max-age 3000 hello-time 100 forward-delay 2000 tx-hold-count 5 configure rstp network-port 4 priority 160 admin-p2p force-true admin bridge rstp port 4 DLP 107 Configure OSPF Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 107 Configure OSPF Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) management on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure OSPF management: 1 Configure the OSPF parameters with the following command: configure ospf enable router-id <Ip::V4Address> (no) as-border-router (no) enable-opaque-lsa (no) overflow-state-it <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> (no) dis-rfc1583-comp (no) abr-type <Ospf::AbrType> (no) passive-interface 2 Configure the OSPF area parameters with the following command: configure ospf area <Ip::V4Address> 3 Configure the OSPF interface parameters with the following command: configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) (no) disable (no) router-priority <Ospf::Priority> (no) passive (no) itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> (no) authentication none | md5 | plain : prompt | plain : plain : <Ospf::Key> DLP 107 Configure OSPF ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 4 Configure the OSPF interface timers with the following command: configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers (no) transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> (no) retransmit-itvl <Ospf::RetransIntvl> (no) hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> (no) dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> (no) poll-interval <Ospf::PollIntvl> 5 When MD5 is selected as authentication mode for an OSPF interface, use the following command to configure the MD5 key: configure ospf area (area-id) interface (area-id) (ip-addr) md5-key (index) key prompt | plain : <Ospf::MD5key> | encrypted : <Ospf::MD5encryptedKey> (no) accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> (no) generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> 6 Configure the metric for an OSPF interface with the following command: configure ospf area (area-id) interface (area-id) (ip-addr) (no) metric value <Ospf::Metric> 7 Configure the OSPF stub area parameters with the following command: configure ospf area (area-id) stub (no) metric-type <Ospf::MetricType> (no) metric <Ospf::StubMetric> (no) summary 8 Configure the OSPF NSSA area parameters with the following command: configure ospf area (area-id) nssa-area (no) summary (no) translation <Ospf::Trnsltn> (no) trans-itvl <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> (no) asbr-rtr-trans 9 Configure the redistribution of the OSPF with the following command: configure ospf redistribution (no) enable (no) local (no) static (no) rip 10 Configure the redistribution of the OSPF route parameters with the following command: configure ospf redistribution route-destination (dest-ip) (no) metric-type <Ospf::RouteMetricType> (no) metric <Ospf::RouteMetric> (no) tag manual : <SignedInteger> | automatic 11 Configure the redistribution enable mask of the OSPF with the following command: configure ospf redistribution enable-mask (enable-mask) DLP 107 Configure OSPF Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 12 Configure the redistribution disable mask of the OSPF with the following command: configure ospf redistribution disable-mask (disable-mask) 13 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure ospf enable router-id 192.168.123.123 as-border-router no passive-interface configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 interface 192.168.122.1 router-priority 10 authentication md5 configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 interface 192.168.122.1 timers retransmit-itvl 10 dead-interval 20 poll-interval 60 configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 interface 192.168.122.1 md5-key 1 key prompt configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 interface 192.168.122.1 metric value 256 configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 stub metric 32164 configure ospf area 192.168.195.183 nssa import nssa translation always asbr-rtr-trans configure ospf redistribution enable local rip configure ospf redistribution route-destination 192.168.100.99 metric-type as-ext-type1 tag automatic configure ospf redistribution enable-mask rip configure ospf redistribution disable-mask static DLP 107 Configure OSPF iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 108 Configure RIP Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 108 Configure RIP Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure Routing Information Protocol (RIP) management on the NE. Limitations The following limitations apply: RIP support is only offered for IPoA interfaces. Only plain RIP messages will be handled, the triggered RIP protocol is not supported. RIP message propagation is enabled/disabled on the user gateway interface of the SHub, not per user PVC. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure RIP management: 1 Configure the maximum number of peers that can be simultaneously in conversation with the RIP2 with the following command: configure rip max-peer <Rip::Rip2Peer> 2 Configure RIP distribution with the following command: configure rip redistribution (no) enable (no) default-metric <Rip::RouteMetric> (no) local (no) static (no) ospf DLP 108 Configure RIP ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure RIP interface parameters with the following command: configure rip interface (ip-addr) (no) authentication none | md5 | plain : prompt | plain : plain : <Rip::Key> default-metric <Rip::DefMetric> (no) send <Rip::ConfSend> (no) receive <Rip::ConfRcv> (no) split-horizon <Rip::SpltHorizon> 4 Configure the RIP interface timers with the following command: configure rip interface (ip-addr) timers (no) update-timer <Rip::UpdateTmr> (no) route-age-out <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> (no) junk-collection <Rip::GrbTmr> 5 If the MD5 authentication method is selected for a RIP interface, then the MD5 key can be configured with the following command: configure rip interface (ip-addr) md5-key (index) key prompt | plain : <Rip::MD5key> starts <Rip::MD5startDelay> expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> 6 Add or delete a route aggregation with the following command: configure rip (no) aggregation (ip-addr) 7 Define a route map with the following command: configure rip route-map (vlan-id) sub-index <Rip::SubIndex> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) direction <Rip::RouteMapDirection> (no) deny 8 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure rip max-peer 50 configure rip redistribution enable default-metric 2 configure rip interface 192.168.105.105 default-metric 5 configure rip interface 192.168.105.105 timers update-timer 20 configure rip interface 192.168.105.105 md5-key 3 key prompt starts now expires never configure rip aggregation 192.168.105.105/16 configure rip route-map 200 sub-inex 5 ip-addr 192.168.105.105/16 DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management Purpose SNMP SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed or not. Note: There must be at least one community with read-write privileges An existing community cannot be modified. Trap Management An SNMP manager will receive traps when an event occurs in the system. The manager can be easily flooded by events in the case where something happens with the system. It can be specified in which traps the manager is interested (trap filtering) and how the traps must be spread in time (trap shaping). Traps that can not be delivered will be dropped: cold-start link-down link-up auth-failure change-occurred init-started license-key-change-occurred You can also set the minimum priority to be reported when a trap occurs. The priority can be urgent, high, medium, or low. Security Considerations Note The following must be taken into account with regard to system security: It is NOT advised to use insecure management channels such as SNMPv1 or SNMPv2. If SNMPv1/2 is used anyway, it is advised not to use community string = public It is advised to use secure management channels such as SNMPv3. DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure SNMP and trap management: 1 Configure a view of a subtree with the following command: configure system security snmp view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> 2 Configure the SNMP community name with the following command: configure system security snmp community (name) host-address <Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) context <Transport::Context> (no) privilege <Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> (no) read-view <Snmp::ViewName> (no) write-view <Snmp::ViewName> (no) notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> 3 Do one of the following: a If SNMP version 1 or version 2 is used, continue with step 7. b If SNMP version 3 is used, continue with step 4. 4 Configure an SNMPv3 group with the following command: configure system security snmp group (name) security-level <Snmp::SecurityLevel> context single : nt | shub | epon | all (no) read-view <Snmp::ViewName> (no) write-view <Snmp::ViewName> (no) notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> 5 Configure an SNMPv3 user with the following command: configure system security snmp user (name) (no) authentication none | [md5|sha1]:prompt | [md5|sha1]:plain:<Sec::PlainPassword> | [md5|sha1]:encrypted:<Snmp::AuthEncryptedKey> (no) privacy none | des:prompt | des:plain:<Sec::PlainPassword> | des : encrypted : <Snmp::PrivacyEncryptedKey> (no) public <Snmp::Identifier> 6 Map an SNMPv3 user to an SNMPv3 group with the following command: configure system security snmp map-user-group (name) group-name <Snmp::GroupName> 7 Configure a notify view with the following command: configure system security snmp notify-view (notify-view) subtree <Snmp::ViewSubtree> type <Snmp::FilterType> 8 Configure an SNMP notification profile with the following command: configure system security snmp notify-profile (name) DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI snmp-version v1 : <Snmp::CommunityString> | v2 : <Snmp::CommunityString> | v3 : <Snmp::SecurityName> : none | authentication | privacy-and-auth 9 Configure a filter for a notification profile with the following command: configure system security snmp notify-profile (name) filter notify-view <Snmp::ViewName> 10 Configure an SNMP element manager with the following command: configure system security snmp manager (name) destination <Snmp::IpAddress> : <Snmp::AddressPort> notify-profile <Snmp::NotifyProfile> (no) nt (no) shub (no) epon 11 Configure community names on the SHub with the following command: configure system security snmp shub community (index) name <PrintableString-0-255> (no) privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> (no) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> 12 Configure the SNMP trap manager with the following command: configure trap manager <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> (no) priority <Trap::Priority> (no) cold-start-trap (no) link-down-trap (no) link-up-trap (no) auth-fail-trap (no) change-trap (no) init-started-trap (no) lic-key-chg-occr (no) phys-line-trap (no) eqpt-change-trap (no) success-set-trap (no) other-alarm-trap (no) warning-trap (no) minor-trap (no) major-trap (no) critical-trap (no) redundancy-trap (no) eqpt-prot-trap (no) max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> (no) window-size <Trap::WindowSize> (no) max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> (no) min-interval <Trap::Interval> (no) min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> 13 Configure an SNMP manager of the SHub with the following command: configure trap shub manager <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> (no) cold-start-trap (no) auth-fail-trap DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) change-trap (no) community-string <PrintableString-0-255> (no) snmp-version <Snmp::SHubVersion> (no) min-severity <Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> 14 Configure the trap definition table with the following command: configure trap definition (name) priority <Trap::trapPriority> 15 If necessary, reset the trap table with the following command: admin trap manager <Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port> reset-trap-buffer 16 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure system security snmp view TargetParams subtree snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 type include configure system security snmp community public host-address 192.168.119.117/24 configure system security snmp group Group1 security-level privacy-and-auth context all configure system security snmp user User1Gr1 authentication none md5:prompt privacy none des:prompt configure system security snmp map-user-group UserGR1 group-name Group1 configure system security snmp notify-view TargetParams subtree snmpTargetParamsRowStatus.97.97.97 type include configure system security snmp notify-profile Notif01 snmp-version v3 : SecureName : privacy-and-auth configure system security snmp notify-profile Notif01 filter notify-view TargetParams configure system security snmp manager Manager01 destination 192.168.119.117:6666 notify-profile Notif01 configure system security snmp shub community (4) name Public4 privilege read-write configure trap manager 192.168.119.118:32456 cold-start-trap auth-fail-trap eqpt-change-trap warning-trap minor-trap major-trap critical-trap min-severity warning configure trap shub manager 192.168.119.118 : 32456 auth-fail-trap change-trap snmp-version v1 min-severity minor configure trap definition auth-failure priority high admin trap manager 192.168.119.118 : 32456 reset-trap-buffer DLP 109 Configure SNMP and Trap Management vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 110 Manage Alarms Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 110 Manage Alarms Purpose This procedure provides the steps to manage the alarms in the NE. Alarm management includes: Management of the alarm logs Viewing the alarm logs Viewing the current alarms Configuring and viewing of an alarm snap-shot Configuring the SHub alarm parameters Configuring and viewing of an SHub alarm snap-shot. Procedure Proceed as follows to manage alarms: 1 Configure the alarm log settings (alarm severity level, action to be taken when the log buffer is full, minimum severity level for non-interface alarms) with the following command: configure alarm log-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> log-full-action <Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> non-itf-rep-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> 2 Configure the management of local alarm entries with the following command: configure alarm entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> (no) service-affecting (no) reporting (no) logging 3 Configure the the action to be taken when the alarm log buffer is completely full with the following command: configure alarm delta-log indet-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> warn-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> minor-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> major-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> crit-log-full-act <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> Note: If the action is set to Wrap, then older log records are overwritten by recent ones. If the action is set to Halt, then logging is stopped until the log buffer is reset. 4 Configure the interface management parameters with the following command: configure interface port (port) (no) (admin-up) DLP 110 Manage Alarms ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) (link-updown-trap) (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> (no) severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> 5 Configure the default severity for an alarm on a type of interface with the following command: configure interface alarm (index) (no) default-severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> 6 View the status of the different alarm logs with the following commands: show alarm log table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl misc | xdsl near-end | xdsl far-end | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication| bonding-group | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay | atm-fent (index) Note: The output will differ from command to command. Refer to the CLI Commands Guide for detailed information. 7 View the current status of the different alarms with the following commands: show alarm current table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication| bonding-group | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay | atm-fent (index) Note: The output will differ from command to command. Refer to the CLI Commands Guide for detailed information. 8 Make an alarm snapshot for a particular severity level with the following command: admin alarm snap-shot (start) 9 View the alarm snapshot with the following command: show alarm snap-shot table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication | bonding-group | ipox | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay | ulc (index) 10 Stop the alarm snapshot with the following command: admin alarm snap-shot stop 11 Configure the alarm SHub parameters with the following command: configure alarm shub entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> (no) service-affecting (no) reporting 12 Make an alarm snapshot on the SHub for a particular severity level with the following command: admin alarm shub snap-shot start:<Severity>:<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> DLP 110 Manage Alarms Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 13 View the alarm snapshot with the following command: show alarm shub snap-shot 14 Stop an alarm snapshot on the SHub with the following command: admin alarm shub snap-shot stop 15 Clear log table - logging will start from index 1 admin alarm clr-logging 16 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 110 Manage Alarms iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure alarm log-sev-level warning log-full-action wrap non-itf-rep-sev-level minor configure alarm entry xdsl-act-not-feas severity major service-affecting reporting logging configure alarm delta-log indet-log-full-action wrap warn-log-full-action wrap minor-log-full-action wrap major-log-full-action halt crit-log-full-act halt configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 severity minor configure interface alarm (index) default-severity minor show alarm log authentication (index) show alarm current table authentication (index) admin alarm snap-shot start:critical:Operator13 show alarm snap-shot table authentication (index) admin alarm snap-shot stop configure alarm entry fan severity warning no service-affecting no reporting admin alarm shub snap-shot start:critical:Operator13 show alarm shub snap-shot admin alarm shub snap-shot stop admin alarm clr-logging DLP 111 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 111 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment Purpose This document describes the procedure to be used to to plan, replan, and unplan equipment. Planning and replanning equipment uses the same command for configuring equipment. Procedure Proceed as follows to plan, replan, and unplan equipment: 1 Plan or replan a shelf with the following command: configure equipment shelf <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> class <Equipm::ShelfClass> planned-type (Type) unlock 2 Unplan a shelf with the following command: configure equipment shelf <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> class <Equipm::ShelfClass> no planned-type 3 Replan a plug-in unit other than an applique in any given slot position with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> planned-type <Type> 4 Unplan a plug-in unit other than an applique in any given slot position with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> no planned-type 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure equipment shelf 1/1 class main-ethernet configure equipment shelf 1/1 class main-ethernet no planned-type configure equipment slot 1/1/5 planned-type LSM configure equipment slot 1/1/5 no planned-type DLP 111 Plan, Replan, and Unplan Equipment ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 112 Lock and Unlock Equipment Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 112 Lock and Unlock Equipment Purpose This procedure provides the steps to lock and unlock plug-in units. Procedure Proceed as follows to lock and unlock a plug-in unit: 1 Lock a plug-in unit with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> no unlock Example: configure equipment slot 1/1/5 no unlock 2 Unlock a plug-in unit with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> unlock Example: configure equipment slot 1/1/5 unlock 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 112 Lock and Unlock Equipment ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 113 Configure the Equipment Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 113 Configure the Equipment Purpose The system will auto-configure a number of equipment items and detect the presence of the equipment at startup. It may therefore not be necessary to configure or reconfigure all equipment. The procedure in this section is a guideline only. Refer to the CLI Commands and Messages document for a complete description of the commands used in this procedure. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the NE equipment: 1 Configure the description of the system with the following command: configure equipment gebc (no) description <Description> 2 Configure the rack with the following command: configure equipment rack <Eqpt::Rack> (no) description <Description> 3 Configure the subrack or shelf with the following command: configure equipment shelf <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> class <Equipm::ShelfClass> (no) planned-type (Type) (no) description (Description) DLP 113 Configure the Equipment ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 4 Use any of the following commands to view and verify the configuration of the system: show equipment gebc This command shows the system configuration and status. This configuration is fixed and hardcoded. show equipment rack (rack) This command shows the rack configuration and status. show equipment shelf (shelf) This command shows the shelf configuration and status. show equipment slot (slot) This command shows the configuration and status of all slots. show equipment applique (applique) This command shows the configuration and status of all appliques. 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure equipment gebc description Magabir Plant configure equipment rack 1 no description configure equipment shelf 1/1 planned-type mlts-b description Testshelf_Lab class main-ethernet show equipment rack 1 show equipment shelf 1/1 show equipment slot 1/1/5 show equipment applique 1/1/5 DLP 114 NT Redundancy Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 114 NT Redundancy Purpose The NE supports line protection and Equipment Protection Switching (EPS). EPS is a mechanism that provides protection against internal failure of the active NT board, if a second redundant NT board is equipped (NT redundancy). For EPS, the concept of protection group is used. A protection group is a group composed of protection and working elements, where the protection element takes over the functionalities of a working element in case it is needed (for example, failure of the working element). For NT redundancy, the protection group consists of both protection elements. Each element represents one NT board. In general, protection elements are defined on slot-level. The protection group and elements are created implicitly by the system, as part of the default configuration. Refer to the CLI Commands and Messages document for a complete description of the commands used in this procedure. Procedure The following commands can be used to configure NT redundancy or to view the NT redundancy configuration: 1 Configure the administrative status of the protection group with the following command: configure equipment protection-group (index) (no) admin-status <Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> (no) eps-quenchfactor <TimeTicks> Note: The default administrative status of the protection group is unlocked. 2 Configure the redundancy control status of a protection group element with the following command: configure equipment protection-element (index) (no) redcy-ctrl-status <Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus> 3 View the protection group configuration parameters with the following command: show equipment protection-group (prot-group-id) 4 View the protection element configuration parameters with the following command: show equipment protection-element (slot-id) 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 114 NT Redundancy ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure equipment protection-group 1 admin-status unlock configure equipment protection-element 1/1/3 redcy-ctrl-status forced_active DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN Purpose In the forwarder mode, the LTs operate as IP forwarder and the SHub operates as a bridge. For the LTs, the following applies: The user-gateway interface is auto-created by the system when the operator configures the VRF. Subnets of the static users must be configured on the user-gateway interface. Numbered IP interface (trusted or un-trusted) is configured on each network VLAN. For the SHub, the following applies: The SHub operates as a bridge. IP addresses that are configured on the network VLANs are owned by the SHub. Figure 11500-1: L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN This procedure provides the steps to configure a Layer 2 terminated forwarder VLAN. SHub VRF VB IPoE (P-VLAN) PPPoE/PPPoA, IPoE/IPoA always untagged ISP P-VLAN P-VLAN LT VRF
ARP Proxy
LT
IPoE/A Interface DHCP Relay PPPoE/A Session PPPoE/A Interface VRF ARP Proxy IPoE/A Session ARP Proxy P-VLAN DHCP Relay P-VLAN ISP IPoE (P-VLAN) DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before a Layer 2 terminated forwarder VLAN can be configured: A forwarder VRF; see DLP 122. Note: In the configuration example, it is assumed that the VRF index of the forwarder VRF is 16. DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure a L2 terminated VLAN: 1 Create a L2-terminated VLAN on the NT with the following command: configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode layer2-terminated (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> 2 Create a bridged VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) (no) name <Vlan::AdminString> mode residential-bridge (no) mac-move-allow 3 Create an unnumbered network IP interface on the IPoX interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (vrf-index) network-itf (vlanid) (no) arp-policy <Vrf::ArpPolicy> unnumbered 4 Define the gateway IP interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (vrf-index) gateway-itf ip-address (ip-address) 5 Add the IP route with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct : user-port:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port>:<Atm::DefaultVpi>: <Atm::DefaultVci> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:vlan:stacked: <Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:vlan:<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:any | network:stacked:<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | direct: network:<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | direct:user-bridgeport:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port>:<Atm::DefaultVpi>: <Atm::DefaultVci> 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 115 Create a L2 Terminated Forwarder VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure vlan id 100 name "ISPforwVLAN" mode layer2-terminated configure vlan shub id 100 name ISPforwVLAN mode residential-bridge configure ip vrf 16 network-itf 100 arp-policy trusted unnumbered configure ip vrf 16 gateway-itf ip-address 192.168.128.1/21 configure ip vrf 16 route-dest 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 192.168.128.1:network:vlan:100 DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN Purpose In the router mode, the LTs operate as an IP forwarder and the SHub operates as a router. Between the LTs and the SHub, one VLAN per VRF must be created to indicate the VRF to which the IP packets belong. This VLAN is called as V-VLAN (VRF VLAN). For the LTs, the following applies: The user-gateway interface is auto-created by the system when the operator configures the VRF. Subnets of the static users must be configured on the user-gateway interface. At least one IP address must be configured on the user-gateway interface. Only one network VLAN (V-VLAN) can be created since LTs will have only one network interface connected to LANX as gateway. An unnumbered IP interface (trusted) is created on the V-VLAN since LTs don't have an IP address on the network interface towards the SHub. For the SHub, the following applies: IP interfaces are created on the network VLANs towards the edge routers. IP interface addresses are seen as the Next-Hop addresses in the downstream from edge routers to Litespan. User-gateway interface is the interface towards the users and it is created on V-VLAN. IP address configured on the user-gateway interface represents the gateway IP address for the users, and subnet configured on the user-gateway interface represents the subnet of the users. DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Figure 11600-1: L2 Terminated Router VLAN This procedure provides the steps to configure a Layer 2 terminated router VLAN. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before a Layer 2 terminated router VLAN can be configured: A router VRF; see DLP 123. Note: In the configuration example, it is assumed that the index of the router VRF of the LT is 16 and the index of the router VRF on the SHub is 5. IPoE (V-VLAN per VR) IPoE (P-VLAN) PPPoE/PPPoA, IPoE/IPoA always untagged ISP P-VLAN V-VLAN LT VRF
ARP Proxy
LT
SHub ARP VRF IPoE/A Interface DHCP Relay Routing Protocols (OSPF, RIPv2) PPPoE/A Session PPPoE/A Interface VRF ARP Proxy IPoE/A Session ARP Proxy V-VLAN DHCP Relay DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure a Layer 2 terminated router VLAN: 1 Create a virtual L2-terminated VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode layer2-terminated (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> 2 Create a virtual VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) (no) name <Vlan::AdminString> mode v-vlan (no) mac-move-allow 3 Configure an egress port for the virtual VLAN on the SHub configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::Slot> | subatm 4 Create an IP interface on the virtual VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure interface shub vlan-id (vlanid) 5 Attach the IP interface to a VRF: configure interface shub ip (vlanid) vrf-id <Vrf::VrfIndex> 6 Configure the IP address of the internal IP interface with the following command: configure interface shub ip (vlanid) ip-address <Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthFull> 7 Set the administrative state of the VLAN interface to UP: configure interface shub vlan-id (vlanid) admin-status up 8 Create a L2 network terminated VLAN on the Shub with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) (no) name <Vlan::AdminString> mode layer2-term-nwport (no) mac-move-allow DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 9 Configure an egress port for the L2 network terminated VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<SHub:NetworkPort> 10 Create an IP interface on the L2 network terminated VLAN with the following command: configure interface shub vlan-id (vlanid) 11 Attach the IP interface to a VRF with the following command: configure interface shub ip (vlanid) vrf-id <Vrf::VrfIndex> 12 Configure the IP address of the external IP interface with the following command: configure interface shub ip (vlanid) ip-address (ip-address) 13 Set the administrative state of the VLAN interface to UP with the following command: configure interface shub vlan-id (vlanid) admin-status up 14 Create an unnumbered IP interface on the IPoX interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (vrf-index) network-itf (vlanid) (no) arp-policy <Vrf::ArpPolicy> unnumbered 15 Configure the gateway IP interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (vrf-index) gateway-itf ip-address (ip-address) 16 Add the IP route with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct : user-port:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port>:<Atm::DefaultVpi>: <Atm::DefaultVci> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:vlan:stacked: <Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:vlan:<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address>:network:any | network:stacked:<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | direct: network:<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | direct:user-bridgeport:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port>:<Atm::DefaultVpi>: <Atm::DefaultVci> 17 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure vlan id 200 name "ISProutingVLAN" mode layer2-terminated configure vlan shub id 201 name ISPvvlanSHub mode v-vlan configure vlan shub id 201 egress-port lt:1/1/4 configure interface shub vlan-id 201 configure interface shub ip 201 vrf-id 5 configure interface shub ip 201 ip-addr 192.168.1.1/16 configure interface shub vlan-id 201 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 202 name ISProutingVLAN mode layer2-term-nwport configure vlan shub id 202 egress-port network:2 configure interface shub vlan-id 202 configure interface shub ip 202 vrf-id 5 configure interface shub ip 202 ip-addr 192.168.1.2/24 configure interface shub vlan-id 202 admin-status up configure ip vrf 16 network-itf 200 arp-policy trusted unnumbered configure ip vrf 16 gateway-itf ip-address 192.168.1.1/16 configure ip shub vrf 5 route-dest 192.168.100.1/24 next-hop 192.168.1.10 vlan-id 202 DLP 116 Create a L2 Terminated Router VLAN vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN Purpose This is the most straightforward VLAN cross-connect model where a single VLAN ID at the EMAN side is associated with a given PVC at the user side. Any kind of traffic issued by the subscriber is passed transparently towards the network using the selected VLAN ID. Cross-connect VLANs can be enabled to be protocol aware for IGMP and 802.1x and support the configuration of DHCP Opt82 and PPPoE relay. This procedure provides the steps to configure a Customer VLAN (C-VLAN). Prerequisite The following prerequisite must be fulfilled before a C-VLAN can be configured: xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure a C-VLAN: 1 Create a C-VLAN: i Create a C-VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> (no) pppoe-relay (dhcp-opt-82) circuit-id <Vlan::CircuitId> remote-id <Vlan::RemoteId> ii Create a C-VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect 2 Create and configure an SHub network port: i Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) mode automatic | [10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps] : full | half port-type network DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) mc-flooding ii Change the administrative status of the SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status up iii Configure the SHub network egress port on the network with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<Shub::NetworkPort> iv Configure the SHub network egress port on the LT with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port lt:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> | subatm 3 Create an xDSL line: i Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name : <PrintableString> (no) op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ii Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI iii Do one of the following: - To create an ADSL line, continue with step v - To create a VDSL or VDSL2 line, continue with step vii. iv Do one of the following: - To create an ATM PVC in subatm, continue with step v. - To create an ATM PVC in LT, continue with step vi. v Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic vi Create an ATM PVC in subatm with the following command: configure subatm unicast-port (port-index) (no) accept-frame-type (no) block-upmcast (no) customer-id (no) antispoof-enable (no) service-category (no) port-description (no) admin-enable (no) mac-learn-off (no) max-unicast-mac (no) pvid default priority vii Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm (port) viii Associate a VLAN with the port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm (port) vlan-id (index) (no) tag ix Set the PVID with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm (port) pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration examples: 1. Example for ADSL line: configure vlan id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id 300 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 300 egress-port network:2 configure vlan shub id 300 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line: 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-bridged-8023 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 vlan-id 300 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 pvid 300 DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2. Example for VDSL or VDSL2 line: configure vlan id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id 300 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 300 egress-port network:2 configure vlan shub id 300 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 vlan-id 300 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 pvid 300 DLP 117 Create a C-VLAN vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3. Example for subatm port: configure vlan id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id 300 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure subatm unicast-port 2:32 service-category ubr:8000 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm 2:32 configure bridge port subatm 2:32 vlan-id 300 configure bridge port subatm 2:32 pvid 300 DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN Purpose In this mode, the Service Provider VLAN (S-VLAN) ID at the EMAN side is associated with a single subscriber interface at the user side. The C-VLANs carried within the S-VLAN are passed transparently to the end user. This allows the end user to specify its own end-to-end connectivity, while remaining transparent for the EMAN. The NE acts as an S-VLAN aware bridge, with the restriction that only one subscriber interface can be attached. Forwarding is only done based on the S-VLAN forwarding context. The forwarding is transparent for the C-VLANs. Frames on the subscriber interface may or may not have an S-VLAN tag. In case of an absent S-VLAN tag (that is for C-VLAN tagged and untagged/priority tagged frames), the subscriber interfaces pre-configured S-VLAN ID will be assigned. This procedure provides the steps to configure an S-VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an S-VLAN: 1 Create an S-VLAN: i Create an S-VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id stacked:<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> (no) pppoe-relay (dhcp-opt-82) circuit-id <Vlan::CircuitId> remote-id <Vlan::RemoteId> ii Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure vlan shub id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect 2 Create and configure an SHub network port: i Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) mode automatic | 10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps | full | half port-type network DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) mc-flooding ii Change the administrative status of the SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status up iii Configure the SHub network egress port on the network with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<Shub::NetworkPort> iv Configure the SHub network egress port on the LT with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port lt:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> | subatm 3 Create an xDSL line: i Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> spectrum-profile <AsamProfilePointer> (no) op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ii Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> iii Do one of the following: - To create an ADSL line, continue with step v - To create a VDSL or VDSL 2 line, continue with step vii iv Do one of the following: - To create an ATM PVC in subatm, continue with step v - To create an ATM PVC in LT, continue with step vi v Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic vi Create an ATM PVC in subatm with the following command: configure subatm unicast-port (port-index) (no) accept-frame-type DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) block-upmcast (no) customer-id (no) antispoof-enable (no) service-category (no) port-description (no) admin-enable (no) mac-learn-off (no) max-unicast-mac (no) pvid default priority vii Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge isam:(port) | subatm(port) viii Associate a VLAN with the port with the following command: configure bridge isam:(port) | subatm(port) vlan-id stacked :<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> (no) tag ix Set the PVID with the following command: configure bridge isam:(port) | subatm(port) pvid stacked :<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> Note: when it needs to be possible to receive single tagged frames at the user side (S-VLAN cross-connect), a specific C-VLAN ID must be used, namely 4097. The command is then: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) pvid stacked :<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:4097 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration examples: 1. Example for ADSL line: configure vlan id stacked:400:0 name "IPS_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id stacked:400:0 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 400 name "ISP_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 3 port-type network configure interface shub port 3 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 400 egress-port network:3 configure vlan shub id 400 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-bridged configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 vlan-id stacked:400:0 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 pvid stacked:400:0 DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2. Example for VDSL or VDSL 2 line: configure vlan id stacked:400:0 name "IPS_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id stacked:400:0 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 400 name "ISP_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 3 port-type network configure interface shub port 3 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 400 egress-port network:3 configure vlan shub id 400 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 vlan-id stacked:400:0 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 pvid stacked:400:0 DLP 118 Create an S-VLAN vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3. Example for subatm port: configure vlan id stacked:400:0 name "IPS_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan id stacked:400:0 dhcp-opt-82 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 400 name "ISP_S_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 3 port-type network configure interface shub port 3 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 400 egress-port subatm configure subatm unicast-port 2:33 service-category ubr:8000 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm 2:33 configure bridge port subatm 2:33 vlan-id 300 configure bridge port subatm 2:33 pvid 300 DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN Purpose The basic VLAN cross-connect mode suffers from the fact that the number of VLAN identifiers is limited to 4K. Since the VLAN is a EMAN wide identifier, one ends up with a scalability issue: there cannot be more than 4K end users connected to the whole EMAN. To solve this issue, two VLANs are stacked and the cross-connection is then performed on the combination (S-VLAN, C-VLAN) allowing to theoretically reach up to 16M end users. The NE acts as a C-VLAN aware bridge, with the restriction that only one subscriber interface can be attached. Frames on the subscriber interface may be C-VLAN tagged or untagged/priority tagged. In case of C-VLAN tagged frames, a check will be performed on the received C-VLAN ID, while the subscriber interfaces preconfigured S-VLAN will be assigned. In case of untagged/priority tagged frames, the subscriber interfaces pre-configured C-VLAN and S-VLAN will be assigned. This procedure provides the steps to configure or delete a stacked VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an SC-VLAN: 1 Create an SC-VLAN: i Create an S-VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id stacked <Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode layer2-terminated (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> ii Create a stacked SC-VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id stacked <Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> iii Create an cross-connect VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Create and configure an SHub network port: i Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) mode automatic | 10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps | full | half port-type network (no) mc-flooding ii Change the administrative status of the SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status up iii Configure the SHub network egress port on the network with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<Shub::NetworkPort> iv Configure the SHub network egress port on the LT with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port lt:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> | subatm DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Create an xDSL line: i Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> spectrum-profile <AsamProfilePointer> (no) op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ii Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> iii Do one of the following: - To create an ADSL line, continue with step v - To create a VDSL or VDSL 2 line, continue with step vii iv Do one of the following: - To create an ATM PVC in subatm, continue with step v - To create an ATM PVC in LT, continue with step vi v Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic vi Create an ATM PVC in subatm with the following command: configure subatm unicast-port (port-index) (no) accept-frame-type (no) block-upmcast (no) customer-id (no) antispoof-enable (no) service-category (no) port-description (no) admin-enable (no) mac-learn-off (no) max-unicast-mac (no) pvid default priority vii Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI viii Associate a VLAN with the port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) vlan-id (index) (no) tag ix Set the PVID with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :<Vlan::SVlanIndex>:<Vlan::CVlanIndex> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration examples: 1. Example for ADSL line: configure vlan id stacked:500:0 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode layer2-terminated configure vlan id stacked:500:600 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan shub id 500 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 500 egress-port network:2 configure vlan shub id 500 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-bridged configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 vlan-id stacked:500:600 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 pvid stacked:500:600 DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2. Example for VDSL or VDSL 2 line: configure vlan id stacked:500:0 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode layer2-terminated configure vlan id stacked:500:600 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan shub id 500 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 500 egress-port network:2 configure vlan shub id 500 egress-port lt:1/1/5 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 vlan-id stacked:500:600 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 pvid stacked:500:600 3. Example for subatm port: configure vlan id stacked:500:0 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode layer2-terminated configure vlan id stacked:500:600 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure vlan shub id 500 name "ISP_SC_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 500 egress-port subatm configure subatm unicast-port 2:34 service-category ubr:8000 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm 2:34 configure subatm unicast-port 2:34 vlan-id stacked:500:600 configure bridge port subatm 2:34 pvid stacked:500:600 DLP 119 Create an SC-VLAN vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 120 Create an iBridge VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 120 Create an iBridge VLAN Purpose The concept of a VLAN in intelligent bridging (iBridge) mode is that multiple NSPs are each connected to the NE with a VLAN. The user ports are connected to the VLAN of their corresponding NSP. Note: The NE supports up to 128 iBridges. This procedure provides the steps to create or delete an iBridge VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure an iBridge VLAN: 1 Create an iBridge VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode residential-bridge (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) broadcast-frames (no) protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> (no) pppoe-relay <Vlan::PppoeRelayEnable> 2 After creation, following options can be set on this VLAN : configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> (no) dhcp-opt-82 <Vlan::DhcpOption82> (no) circuit-id <Vlan::CircuitId> (no) remote-id <Vlan::RemoteId> 3 Create an iBridge VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode residential-bridge 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure vlan id 700 name "testvlan" mode residential-bridge configure vlan id 700 circuit-id customer-id remote-id customer-id configure vlan shub id 700 name "testvlan" mode residential-bridge DLP 120 Create an iBridge VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 121 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 121 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN Purpose This procedure provides the steps to add network interface(s)(that is, network port(s)) to a VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to add a network interface to a VLAN: 1 Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) (no) mode automatic | [10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps] : full | half (no) port-type <Sys::Type> (no) (mc-flooding) 2 Change the administrative status of the SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status up | down | auto-up 3 Configure the SHub network egress port with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<Shub::NetworkPort> 4 Configure the SHub network egress port for untagged packets with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) untag-port <Shub::NetworkPort> DLP 121 Add Network Interfaces to a VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 5 Configure the port VLAN ID for the untagged packets with the following command: configure bridge shub port <Shub::NetworkPort> pvid <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure interface shub port 3 mode automatic port-type network configure interface shub port 3 admin-status auto-up configure vlan shub id 200 egress-port network:3 configure vlan shub id 200 untag-port network:3 configure bridge shub port 3 pvid 200 DLP 122 Create a Forwarding VRF Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 122 Create a Forwarding VRF Purpose In the forwarder mode, the NE is not seen as a hop in the IP path by the edge routers. NE users are seen as directly attached hosts on the IP interfaces of the edge routers. Multiple VRs can be supported. User-to-user communication is not provided by the NE. This procedure provides the steps to configure a Virtual Routing Forwarding (VRF) context in forwarding mode on the NT. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the forwarding VRF: 1 Create a VRF in forwarding mode on the NT with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) name <Vrf::VrfName> (no) desc <Vrf::VrfDescription> (no) contact <Vrf::VrfContact> (no) my-ipaddress <Ip::V4Address> (no) default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> (no) reassem-timeout<Gauge> mode forwarder Example: configure ip vrf 16 name forwardingvrf16 mode forwarder Note: the parameter my-ipaddress is an optional parameter. However, if the VRF will be used for PPPoE sessions, then the parameter must be filled in. If this parameter is not filled in, the IP address is assumed to be 0.0.0.0. Most PPPoE clients (running on the PC of the customers), will reject a PPPoE session with a PPPoE server with IP address 0.0.0.0. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 122 Create a Forwarding VRF ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 123 Create a Router VRF Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 123 Create a Router VRF Purpose In router mode, the NE is seen as an IP next-hop by the edge routers to route the IP packets to the users connected to the NE. Only one VR in router mode can be configured. The advantages of the router mode are: Redundancy for the network routes. ARP table scalability at the edge routers User-to-user communication can be provided by NE at IP level; user-to-user communication can be disabled by ACL filters. This procedure provides the steps to configure a VRF in routing mode. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure a VRF in routing mode: 1 Create a VRF in routing mode on the NT with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) name <Vrf::VrfName> (no) desc <Vrf::VrfDescription> (no) contact <Vrf::VrfContact> (no) my-ipaddress <Ip::V4Address> (no) default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> (no) reassem-timeout<Gauge> mode router DLP 123 Create a Router VRF ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Create a VRF in routing mode on the SHub with the following command: configure ip shub vrf (index) name <Vrf::SHubVrfName> fast-path-mode:ena-user-user-com Note: The VRF on the SHub must always be created with mode fast-path-mode. 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure ip vrf 5 name routervrf5 my-ipaddress 192.168.100.100 mode router configure ip shub vrf 5 name routervrf5 fast-path-mode:ena-user-user-com DLP 124 Create an iBridge User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 124 Create an iBridge User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create an iBridge user. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an iBridge user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. The xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An iBridge VLAN must have been created; see NTP 105. Procedure Proceed as follows to create an iBridge user: 1 Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> (no) tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> Note: the value of the parameter tps-tc-mode must be set to atm if an ADSL service is required. The value of the parameter can be left on ptm (default value) if a VDSL or VDSL 2 service is required. DLP 124 Create an iBridge User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Configure the xDSL interface with the following command: configure interface port xdsl line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> /<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> 3 Do one of the following: a For a user on an ADSL line, continue with step 5 b For a user on a VDSL or VDSL 2 line, continue with step 7. 4 Do one of the following: a To create an ATM PVC in subatm, continue with step 5 b To create an ATM PVC in LT, continue with step 6 5 Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged-8023 6 Create an ATM PVC in subatm with the following command: configure subatm unicast-port (port-index) (no) accept-frame type (no) block-upmcast (no) customer-id (no) antispoof-enable (no) service-category (no) port-description (no) admin-enable (no) mac-learn-off (no) max-unicast-mac (no) pvid default-priority DLP 124 Create an iBridge User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 7 Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) 8 Assign an iBridge VLAN to the bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) vlan-id (index) 9 Set the PVID with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) pvid (vlan-id) 10 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration examples: 1. For an ADSL user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 tps-tc-mode atm admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-bridged-8023 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 vlan-id 700 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 pvid 700 2. For a VDSL or VDSL 2 user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 vlan-id 700 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 pvid 700 DLP 124 Create an iBridge User iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3. For subatm port: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 vlan-id 700 configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 pvid 700 configure subatm unicast-port 2:35 service-category ubr:8000 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm2:35 configure bridge port subatm2:35 vlan-id 700 configure bridge port subatm2:35 pvid 700 DLP 125 Create an IPoA User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 125 Create an IPoA User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create an IPoA user. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoA user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been configured. Procedure Proceed as follows to create an IPoA user: 1 Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> (no) tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> 2 Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> DLP 125 Create an IPoA User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI /<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> 3 Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap-routed | vc-mux-routed | automatic:ip 4 Create a route in the SHub towards the modem with the following command: configure ip shub vrf (index) route-dest (dest) next-hop <Ip::NextHopV4Address> vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> where route-dest is the subnet which is assigned to the user and next-hop is the IP address of the WAN side of the modem. 5 Create a user port interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) user-itf port (port-interface) (no) qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> 6 If the user is a static user, continue with the next step, else go to 8. 7 Configure the IP address to the IP interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct:user-port <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> Note: This command must be repeated for each IP address assigned to that particular user. 8 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 125 Create an IPoA User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 tps-tc-mode atm admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-routed configure ip shub vrf 16 route-dest 192.168.10.128/29 next-hop 192.168.16.2 vlan-id 4090 configure ip vrf 16 user-itf port 1/1/5/12:8:35 configure ip vrf 16 route-dest 192.168.100.25/32 next-hop direct:user-port 1/1/5/12:8:35 DLP 125 Create an IPoA User iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 126 Create an IPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 126 Create an IPoE User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create an IPoE user. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoE user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been created. Procedure Proceed as follows to create an IPoE user: 1 Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> (no) tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> Note: the value of the parameter tps-tc-mode must be set to atm if an ADSL service is required. The value of the parameter can be left on ptm (default value) if a VDSL or VDSL 2 service is required. DLP 126 Create an IPoE User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> 3 Do one of the following: a For a user on an ADSL line, continue with step 4 b For a user on a VDSL or VDSL 2 line, continue with step 6. 4 Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic 5 Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) 6 Create a user port interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) user-itf bridgeport (port-interface) (no) qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> 7 If the user is a static user, continue with the next step, else go to 9. 8 Configure the IP address to the IP interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct:user-bridgeport:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> /<Eqpt::Port>:<Atm::DefaultVpi>:<Atm::DefaultVci> 9 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 126 Create an IPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration examples: 1. For an ADSL user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 tps-tc-mode atm admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-bridged configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure ip vrf 16 user-itf bridgeport 1/1/5/12:8:35 configure ip vrf 16 route-dest 192.168.100.25/24 next-hop direct:user-bridgeport:1/1/5/12:8:35 2. For a VDSL or VDSL 2 user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12 configure ip vrf 16 user-itf bridgeport 1/1/5/12 configure ip vrf 16 route-dest 192.168.100.25/24 next-hop direct:user-bridgeport:1/1/5/12 DLP 126 Create an IPoE User iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create a PPPoE user. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an PPPoE user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been created. A PPP profile must have been created; see DLP 149. The PPP server must be enabled; see DLP 148. Procedure Proceed as follows to create a PPPoE user: 1 Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> (no) tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Note: the value of the parameter tps-tc-mode must be set to atm if an ADSL service is required. The value of the parameter can be left on ptm (default value) if a VDSL or VDSL 2 service is required. 2 Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> 3 Do one of the following: a For a user on an ADSL line, continue with step 4 b For a user on a VDSL or VDSL 2 line, continue with step 5. 4 Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic 5 Create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port (port) max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> 6 Create a user PPPoX interface with the following command: configure pppoe pppox-interface (port) (no) max-num-session <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> (no) ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName> 7 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration examples: 1. For an ADSL user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 tps-tc-mode atm admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type llc-snap configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:35 max-unicast-mac 4 configure pppoe pppox-interface 1/1/5/12:8:35 max-num-session 16 ppp-profile-name PPPProf1 2. For a VDSL or VDSL 2 user: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 4 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure bridge port 1/1/5/12 max-unicast-mac 4 configure pppoe pppox-interface 1/1/5/12 max-num-session 16 ppp-profile-name PPPProf1 DLP 127 Create a PPPoE User iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 128 Add an LT or the subatm to a VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 128 Add an LT or the subatm to a VLAN Purpose This procedure provides the steps to add an LT port or the subatm port to a VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to add an LT to the correct VLAN service: 1 Configure an LT port on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port lt:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> | subatm Example: configure vlan shub id 200 egress-port lt:1/1/4 configure vlan shub id 200 egress-port subatm 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 128 Add an LT or the subatm to a VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create xDSL profiles. General Before you can create an xDSL line, you need to create the necessary profiles. Table 12900-1 describes the two types of profiles. Table 12900-1: xDSL profiles The parameters of the xDSL spectrum depend largely on the xDSL type (ADSL, READSL, ADSL2(+), VDSL, or VDSL2). That is why the configuration of an xDSL spectrum is in two steps: one step for configuring the general xDSL spectrum parameters and one step for configuring the xDSL type specific parameters. See the CLI Commands and Messages document for a full description of all related parameters. Profile Description Service Profile Groups a number of parameters related to the xDSL service Spectrum Profile Groups a number of parameters related to the xDSL spectrum DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to create an xDSL profile: 1 Create an xDSL service profile with the following command: configure xdsl service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> (scope) version <SignedInteger> (no) ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> (no) ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> (no) min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> (no) max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> (no) max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> (no) imp-noise-prot-dn <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> (no) imp-noise-prot-up <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> (no) erasure-detect-dn (no) erasure-detect-up Note: The value of min-bitrate-down is also used for the calculation of the available bandwidth for multicast. See DLP 136. 2 Activate an xDSL service profile with the following command: configure xdsl service-profile (index) active Caution: The xDSL service profile must be activated within 15 minutes after it has been created, otherwise it will be deleted. Note: The activation parameter can also be included in step 1, but then no modification of the parameters is possible afterwards (except name, scope and version (refer to DLP 163). DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Create an xDSL spectrum profile and configure the parameters common to all the DSL flavors with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> local-profile version <SignedInteger> (no) dis-ansi-t1413 (no) dis-etsi-dts (no) dis-g992-1-a (no) dis-g992-1-b (no) dis-g992-2-a (no) dis-g992-3-a (no) dis-g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) dis-etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) g993-2-8a (no) g993-2-8b (no) g993-2-8c (no) g993-2-8d (no) g993-2-12a (no) g993-2-12b (no) g993-2-17a (no) g993-2-30a (no) min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> (no) max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> (no) carrier-mask-down <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> (no) carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> (no) rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> (no) power_mgnt_mode <Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> (no) l0_time <Xdsl::LineTime> (no) l2_time <Xdsl::LineTime> (no) l2-agpow-red-tx <Xdsl::L2Atpr> (no) modification <Xdsl::ModifyStatus> DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 4 If the xDSL type is ADSL or ADSL2, then the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of an xDSL spectrum profile can be managed with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl-adsl2 (no) proprietary-feat (no) max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> (no) max-psd-up <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> (no) pbo-mode-up (no) max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> 5 If the xDSL type is ADSL2+, then the ADSL2+ specific part of an xDSL spectrum profile can be managed with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus (no) proprietary-feat (no) max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> (no) max-psd-up <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> (no) pbo-mode-up (no) max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> 6 If the xDSL type is Reach Extented ADSL2 (READSL2), then the READSL2 specific part of an xDSL spectrum profile can be managed with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) re-adsl (no) proprietary-feat (no) max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> (no) max-psd-down <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> (no) max-psd-up <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> (no) pbo-mode-up (no) max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 7 If the xDSL type is VDSL, then the VDSL specific part of an xDSL spectrum profile can be managed with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl (no) proprietary-feat (no) vdsl-band-plan <Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> (no) optional-band <Xdsl::OptionalBandUsage> (no) optional-endfreq <Xdsl::OptionalBandEndFreq> (no) adsl-band allow-adsl | excl-adsl | excl-adsl2plus | excl-adsl-upto : <Xdsl::AdslBandEndFreq> (no) max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> (no) max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> (no) psd-shape-down ansi-ftt-ex-m1 | ansi-ftt-ex-m2 | ansi-ftt-cab-m1 | ansi-ftt-cab-m2 | etsi-p-ex-p1-m1 | etsi-p-ex-p1-m2 | etsi-p-ex-p2-m1 | etsi-p-ex-p2-m2 | etsi-p-cab-m1 | etsi-p-cab-m2 | ansi-ftt-m1-adsl | ansi-ftt-m2-adsl | ansi-ftt-m1-adsl-2plus | ansi-ftt-m2-adsl-2plus | etsi-p-x-m1-adsl | etsi-p-x-m2-adsl | etsi-p-m1-adsl-2plus | etsi-p-m2-adsl-2plus | <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> (no) psd-shape-up <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> (no) pbo-mode-down (no) rx-psd-shape-up ansi-a | ansi-f | ansi-custom-ex | ansi-custom-cab | etsi-a | etsi-b | etsi-c | etsi-d | etsi-e | etsi-f | etsi-custom-ex | etsi-custom-cab | <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> (no) ghstones-pwr-mode <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwr> (no) max-band <Xdsl::VdslMaxBandNum> (no) max-freq <Xdsl::VdslMaxFrequency> (no) m-psd-level-down <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> (no) m-psd-level-up <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> (no) psd-pbo-par-a-up <Xdsl::ParamType> (no) psd-pbo-par-b-up <Xdsl::ParamType> 8 Configure the transmission power of the G.hs tones in VDSL environment. with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl ghstone-set-pwr-ctrl (no) a43 standard | auto | manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> (no) b43 standard | auto | manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> (no) a43c standard | auto | manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> (no) v43 standard | auto | manual : <Xdsl::GhsTonesTxPwrLvl> DLP 129 Create xDSL Profiles vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 9 If the xDSL type is VDSL2, then the VDSL2 specific part of an xDSL spectrum profile can be managed with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl2 (no) proprietary-feat (no) max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> (no) max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> (no) psd-shape-down custom-psd-down | regiona-psd-down | regionbm1-psd-down | regionbm2-psd-down | <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> (no) psd-shape-up custom-psd-up | regiona-psd-up | regionbm1-psd-up | regionbm2-psd-up | <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> (no) rx-psd-shape-up ansi-a | ansi-f | ansi-custom-ex | ansi-custom-cab | etsi-a | etsi-b | etsi-c | etsi-d | etsi-e | etsi-f | etsi-custom-ex | etsi-custom-cab | <Xdsl::VdslCustPsdShape> (no) psd-pbo-e-len-up <Xdsl::PsdPboElectrLength> (no) m-psd-level-down <Xdsl::MaxPsdDown> (no) m-psd-level-up <Xdsl::MaxPsdUp> (no) psd-pbo-par-a-up <Xdsl::ParamType> (no) psd-pbo-par-b-up <Xdsl::ParamType> (no) v-noise-snr-down <Xdsl::SnrmMode> (no) v-noise-snr-up <Xdsl::SnrmMode> (no) v-noise-psd-down <Xdsl::PsdDownType> (no) v-noise-psd-up <Xdsl::PsdUpType> 10 Activate an xDSL spectrum profile with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) activate 11 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure xdsl service-profile 7 name test_profile local-profile version 1 configure xdsl service-profile 7 active configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 name test_profile local-profile version 1 configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 adsl2plus proprietary-feat configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 activate DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding Purpose xDSL bonding allows to carry the traffic to and from a single logical subscriber interface over multiple physical multi-ADSL lines. It offers the following services: Extended reach of DSL service Provision of standard multi-ADSL services to subscribers that cannot receive these services over a single ADSL line Higher bit rate services (up to 30 Mbit/s downstream and 5.5 Mbit/s upstream). This procedure provides the steps to configure xDSL bonding. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before xDSL bonding can be configured: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. The xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. An iBridge VLAN (see NTP 105), an IP aware bridge (see NTP 106) or an IP router (see NTP 107) must have been configured. DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to create an xDSL bonding group profile: 1 Configure (and activate) an xDSL bonding group profile with the following command: configure xdsl-bonding group-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> local-profile | network-profile version <SignedInteger> (no) min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> (no) active Note: A bonding group profile can be created in one step (that is, with all the necessary parameters and activation of the bonding group profile). It can also be created in several steps by specifying a few parameters in each step and by activating the bonding group profile in the last step. 2 Configure an xDSL bonding group with the following command: configure xdsl-bonding group (index) group-profile none | <Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> | name : <PrintableString> (no) admin-status 3 Configure the xDSL lines with bonding mode atm-bonding with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> spectrum-profile <AsamProfilePointer> (no) op-mode <Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef> (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up bonding-mode atm-bonding The following applies for these xDSL lines: The two lines used for xDSL bonding must be subsequent lines The first line must be an odd line Further configuration (such as atm pvc, bridge port, and so on) must be done on that first, odd line. Refer to DLP 124, DLP 125, DLP 126 or DLP 127 for the configuration procedure. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure xdsl-bonding group-profile 1 name grp1 network-profile version 1 min-bitrate-down 2048 plan-bitrate-down 3072 max-bitrate-down 12228 active configure xdsl-bonding group 1/1/4/9 group-profile name:grp1 no admin-status configure xdsl-bonding group 1/1/4/10 group-profile name:grp1 no admin-status configure xdsl line 1/1/4/9 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up bonding-mode atm-bonding configure xdsl line 1/1/4/10 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up bonding-mode atm-bonding DLP 130 Configure xDSL Bonding iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 131 Create an xDSL Bonding Group Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 131 Create an xDSL Bonding Group Note This procedure is no longer valid. The correct procedure for configuring xDSL bonding is described in DLP 130. DLP 131 Create an xDSL Bonding Group ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure filtering on the SHub and subatm. The IP filters for the different protocols take into account source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified. Optionally the ICMP message type and/or the ICMP message code can be specified. The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated configuration commands. When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure filtering on the SHub: 1 Configure the SHub MAC filter with the following command: configure transport shub mac-filter (index-num) (no) protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> filter any - <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> - any | <Sys::MacAddr> - <Sys::MacAddr> vlan-id <Sys::FilterVlanId> (no) action-drop 2 Configure the SHub MAC filter to a port with the following command: configure transport shub mac-filter (index-num) (no) in-port (port) DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure an ICMP filter on the SHub with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) (no) action-drop (no) dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) msg-type <Sys::MsgType> (no) msg-code <Sys::MsgCode> (no) direction <Sys::Direction> 4 Configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter related to incoming traffic is to be applied with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) (no) in-port (network-port) 5 Configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter related to outgoing traffic is to be applied: configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) (no) out-port (port) 6 Configure a TCP filter on the SHub with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) (no) action-drop (no) dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) min-dst-port <Sys::Port> (no) max-dst-port <Sys::Port> (no) min-src-port <Sys::Port> (no) max-src-port <Sys::Port> (no) ack <Sys::AckBit> (no) rst <Sys::RstBit> (no) tos <Sys::Tos> (no) direction <Sys::Direction> 7 Configure the physical ports where the TCP filter related to incoming traffic is to be applied with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) (no) in-port (network-port) 8 Configure the physical ports where the TCP filter related to outgoing traffic is to be applied: configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) (no) out-port (network-port) DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 9 Configure an UDP filter on the SHub with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) (no) action-drop (no) dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) min-dst-port <Sys::Port> (no) max-dst-port <Sys::Port> (no) min-src-port <Sys::Port> (no) max-src-port <Sys::Port> (no) direction <Sys::Direction> 10 Configure the physical ports where the UDP filter related to incoming traffic is to be applied with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) (no) in-port (network-port) 11 Configure the physical ports where the UDP filter related to outgoing traffic is to be applied: configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) (no) out-port (port) 12 Configure an IP filter, for protocols other than ICMP, TCP or UDP, on the SHub with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) (no) protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> (no) action-drop (no) dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> (no) direction <Sys::Direction> 13 Configure the physical ports where the IP filter related to incoming traffic is to be applied with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) (no) in-port (port) 14 Configure the physical ports where the IP filter related to outgoing traffic is to be applied with the following command: configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) (no) out-port (port) 15 Configure the subatm MAC filter with the following command: configure transport subatm mac-filter <Sys::MacAddr> 16 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 132 Configure Filtering on SHub and subatm iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure transport shub mac-filter 450 protocol-type 2222 filter any | 56:0D:9D:47:DD:AA vlan-id 500 action-drop configure transport shub mac-filter 450 in-port lt:1/1/4 configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp 12 action-drop src-ip-addr 192.168.0.1 / 16 direction out configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp 14 in-port 3 configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp 12 out-port lt:1/1/4 configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp 12 action-drop src-ip-addr 192.168.0.1 / 16 direction out configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp 14 in-port 3 configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp 12 out-port nt:2 configure system shub filter ip-filter udp 12 action-drop src-ip-addr 192.168.0.1 / 16 direction out configure system shub filter ip-filter udp 14 in-port 3 configure system shub filter ip-filter udp 12 out-port nt:2 configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter 10 protocol rsvp action-drop src-ip-addr 192.168.0.1 / 16 configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter 10 in-port 4 configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter 20 out-port lt:1/1/5 configure transport subatm mac-filter 00:01:02:03:04:05 DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure QoS on Layer 2. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure QoS on Layer 2 level: 1 Configure the ATM overhead factor with the following command: configure qos (no) atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> (no) eth-efm-fact <Qos::EthEfmFactor> (no) enable-alignment 2 Configure a marker for Dot1P alignment with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) 3 Configure a marker for single dot-1P with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> 4 Configure a marker for single DCSP with the following command: configure qos profiles marker dscp (name) default-dscp <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> (no) alignment 5 Configure the QoS police profiles with the following command: configure qos profiles policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::InfoRate> committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> 6 Configure the queue profile table with the following command: configure qos profiles queue (name) (bac-complex-type) 7 Configure the scheduler profile table with the following command: configure qos profiles scheduler (name) wfq-q1-weight <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> Note For more information about QoS and the configuration of QoS, refer to TNG 101. DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 8 Configure the CAC profile table with the following command: configure qos profiles cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> max-mcast-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> res-data-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> 9 Configure the session profile table with the following command: configure qos profiles session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> (no) up-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) down-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) up-marker none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> 10 Configure the 802.1P class to queue mapping table with the following command: configure qos tc-map-dot1p (index) queue <Qos::Queues> 11 Configure the DSL link table with the following command: configure qos dsl-port (index) (no) scheduler-profile name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) cac-profile name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> 12 Configure the LIM queue table with the following command: configure qos dsl-port (index) queue (queue) (no) queue-profile none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> 13 Configure the queues on the SHub ports with the following command: configure qos shub queue-config (port) (no) queue0-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> (no) queue1-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> (no) rx-pause (no) egress-rate <Qos::ShubPortRate> (no) dscp2p-enable 14 Configure the traffic classes on the SHub with the following command: configure qos shub tc-map-dot1p (port) traffic-class <Qos::ShubTrafficClass> 15 Configure ingress policing on SHub port with the following command: configure qos shub meter (index) (no) name <Qos::DisplayString> max-ingress-rate <Qos::MeterIngressRate> burst-size <Qos::MeterBurstSize> 16 Configure the various flows to be policed with the following command: configure qos shub flow (index) (no) name <Qos::DisplayString> (no) (type) 17 Configure the policing association with the following command: configure qos shub policer (port-id) flow <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI meter <Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> 18 Configure the QoS parameters of a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) (no) qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> 19 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure qos enable-alignment configure qos profiles marker d1p-alignment D1PAlign1 alignment configure qos profiles marker d1p D1Pprio3 default-dot1p 3 configure qos profiles marker d1p DSCPprio12 default-dscp 12 alignment configure qos profiles policer Policer1 committed-info-rate 64 committed-burst-size 132144 configure qos profiles queue QueProfTab1 tail-drop : 64 configure qos profiles scheduler SchedProfTab1 wfq-q1-weight 75 configure qos profiles cac CACProfTab1 res-voice-bandwidth 64 max-mcast-bandwidth 1024 res-data-bandwidth 3072 configure qos profiles session SessProfTab1 logical-flow-type pvc-vlan-combination down-policer Policer1 configure qos tc-map-dot1p 5 queue 3 configure qos dsl-port 1/1/4/1 scheduler-profile SchedProfTab1 cac-profile CACProfTab1 configure qos dsl-port 1/1/4/1 queue 2 queue-profile none QueProfTab1 DLP 133 Configure QoS on L2 iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI configure qos shub queue-config 3 queue0-weight 4 queue1-weight 6 egress-rate 800 configure qos shub tc-map-dot1p 2 traffic-class 1 configure qos shub meter 32 name QoSShubMeter32 max-ingress-rate 8192 burst-size 4 configure qos shub flow 22 name VLANFLow vlan:234 configure qos shub policer 11 flow 22 meter 33 configure bridge port isam:1/1/7/12: 8:36 qos-profile name:SessProfTab1 subatm example: configure subatm unicast-port 2:36 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm:2:36 qos-profile name:ses1 DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure QoS on L3 level. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure QoS on L3 level: 1 Configure the QoS overhead factor with the following command: configure qos (no) atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> (no) eth-efm-fact <Qos::EthEfmFactor> (no) enable-alignment 2 Configure a marker for single dot-1P with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> 3 Configure a marker for single DCSP with the following command: configure qos profiles marker dscp (name) default-dscp <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> (no) alignment 4 Configure a marker for a DSCP contract table with the following command configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) (no) alignment 5 Configure a codepoint for a DSCP contract table with the following command: configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) (no) dscp-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> 6 Configure a marker for a P-bits and DSCP contract table with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> (no) alignment 7 Configure a codepoint for a P-bits and DSCP contract table with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) (no) value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 8 Configure a default P-bits and DSCP marking action with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> (no) alignment 9 Configure a marker for Dot1P alignment with the following command: configure qos profiles marker d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) 10 Configure the session profile table with the following command: configure qos profiles session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType> (no) up-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) down-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) up-marker none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> 11 Assign the created QoS profiles to the L3 interface with the following command: configure ip vrf (index) user-itf bridgeport (port-interface) (no) qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> 12 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure qos enable-alignment configure qos profiles marker d1p D1Pprio3 default-dot1p 3 configure qos profiles marker d1p DSCPprio12 default-dscp 12 alignment configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract DSCPContractTab1 configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract DSCPContractTab1 codepoint 1 dscp-value 32 configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract D1PDscpContrTab1 dot1p-value 4 configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract D1PDscpContrTab1 codepoint 24 value 47 configure qos profiles marker dot1p-dscp D1PSingleDSCP1 default-dscp 45 default-dot1p 7 configure qos profiles marker d1p-alignment D1PAlign1 alignment configure qos profiles session SessProfTab1 logical-flow-type generic up-marker D1PSingleDSCP1 configure ip vrf 56 user-itf bridgeport 1/1/7/12 qos-profile name:D1PSingleDSCP1 DLP 134 Configure QoS on L3 iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN Purpose The QoS aware VLAN cross-connect is not a new cross-connect mode on its own, but it adds the possibility to support PVC-bundles as subscriber interfaces. Note: the QoS aware VLAN cross-connect mode can be applied to all other VLAN crossconnect modes defined above, i.e. C-VLAN, S-VLAN and S-VLAN/C-VLAN cross-connects. In the last case, the cross-connect will consider the p-bits of the S-VLAN, the C-VLAN p-bits remaining transparent. In the downstream direction, the egress bridge port is found by means of the combination of VLAN tag and p-bit. The p-bits are hence only used for a routing decision. There are no additional QoSrequirements besides the generic QoS-handling available from the 'regular' cross-connect or residential bridging. This procedure provides the steps to configure a QoS aware VLAN. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before a QoS aware VLAN can be configured: A QoS policer profile must have been created A QoS session profile must have been created DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure a QoS aware VLAN: 1 Create a C-VLAN: i Create a C-VLAN on the LT with the following command: configure vlan id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect (no) priority <Vlan::Priority> ii Create a C-VLAN on the SHub with the following command: configure vlan shub id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> name <Vlan::AdminString> mode cross-connect 2 Create and configure an SHub network port: i Create and configure an SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) (no) (negotiate) duplex <Sys::Duplex> speed <Sys::Speed> port-type network (no) mc-flooding ii Change the administrative status of the SHub network port with the following command: configure interface shub port (network-port) admin-status up iii Configure the SHub network egress port with the following command: configure vlan shub id (vlanid) egress-port network:<Shub::NetworkPort> 3 Create an xDSL line: i Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ii Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/ <Eqpt::LtSlot>/<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> iii Do one of the following: - To create an ADSL line, continue with step iv - To create a VDSL or VDSL2 line, continue with step vi iv Create the necessary ATM PVCs (i.e. a PVC bundle) with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap | vc-mux-bridged | automatic v For each of the created PVCs, create a bridge port with the following command: configure bridge port isam:(port) | subatm(port) vi For each created bridge port, associate a VLAN with the bridge port and set the priorities applicable for that port with the following command: configure bridge port (port) vlan-id (index) qos-profile name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> (no) prior-best-effort (no) prior-background (no) prior-spare (no) prior-exc-effort (no) prior-ctrl-load (no) prior-less-100ms (no) prior-less-10ms (no) prior-nw-ct vii Set the PVID and the priority with the following command: configure bridge port (port) pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | stacked :<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> (no) default-priority <Vlan::Priority> (no) prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> DLP 135 Configure a QoS Aware VLAN iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Note: The priority regeneration profiles are fixed. They can be viewed with the command: show vlan priority-regen 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure vlan id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode qos-aware configure vlan shub id 300 name "ISP_C_VLAN" mode cross-connect configure interface shub port 2 port-type network configure interface shub port 2 admin-status up configure vlan shub id 300 egress-port network:2 configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line 1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type llc-snap configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:36 aal5-encap-type llc-snap configure bridge port isam:1/1/5/12:8:35 configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:35 vlan-id 300 qos-profile name:qos-sess1 prior-ctrl-load prior-less-100ms prior-less-10ms prior-nw-ctrl configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:36 configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:36 vlan-id 300 qos-profile name:qos-sess1 prior-best-effort prior-background prior-spare prior-exc-effort configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:35 pvid 300 default-priority 5 configure bridge port 1/1/5/12:8:36 pvid 300 prio-regen-prof cl-all-prio-3 subatm example: configure subatm unicast-port 3:35 admin-enable enable-admin configure bridge port subatm:3:35 configure gridge port subatm:3:35 vlan-id 120 qos-profile name:FD_HSI_standard configure bridge port subatm:3:35 pvid 120 DLP 136 Configure Multicast Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 136 Configure Multicast Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure multicast (general parameters, capacity and source table) on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure multicast on the LT: 1 Configure the general multicast parameters with the following command: configure mcast general (no) package-member <Igmp::Pkg> (no) fast-change (no) pkg-memb-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> (no) max-bitrate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> (no) mean-bit-rate <Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> Note: The minimum bitrate available for multicast is configured with the command configure xdsl service-profile; see DLP 129. Note: The parameter pkg-memb-bitmap is kept for backward compatibility with previous releases (R2.3). 2 Configure the multicast capacity parameters with the following command: configure mcast capacity (no) max-num-group <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> (no) max-num-uncfg <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> (no) cfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTim> (no) uncfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTim> DLP 136 Configure Multicast ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure the multicast source with the following command: configure mcast src (class-d-addr) (no) package-member <Igmp::Pkg> (no) dis-fast-change (no) name <PrintableString-0-32> (no) pkg-memb-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> (no) atm-peak-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> (no) atm-sus-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> (no) service-name <PrintableString-0-32> (no) preview-duration <Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreDuration> (no) preview-number <Igmp::multicastSrcMaxPreNumber> (no) preview-blackout <Igmp::multicastSrcPreBlackout> Note: The parameter pkg-memb-bitmap is kept for backward compatibility with previous releases (R2.3). 4 Configure the multicast source package members with the following command: configure mcast src (class-d-addr) (no) packagemember (package) 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure mcast general max-bitrate 50000 mean-bit-rate 10000 configure mcast capacity max-num-group 128 max-num-uncfg 20 configure mcast src 224.1.1.0 atm-peak-bit-rate 50000 atm-sus-bit-rate 3000 vlan-id 400 configure mcast src 02:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 packagemember 50 DLP 137 Configure IGMP Proxy Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 137 Configure IGMP Proxy Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure IGMP proxy on the LT. The bridge port must be configured. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure proxy on the LT: 1 Configure the IGMP source channel parameters with the following command: configure igmp channel (port) (no) perm-pkg-bitmap <Igmp::PkgMemBitMap> (no) fullview-packages (package) (no) preview-packages (package) (no) max-num-group <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> 2 Configure the package bitmaps. The package is intended primarily for use by a network element manager, such as AWS, to support multiple sets of packages in different regions. The definition of a package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. By grouping the source channels into one or more packages, this gives flexibility for the service provider to deliver different levels of service to the end users. Use the following command: configure igmp package (index) (no) name <PrintableString-0-32> (no) template-name <PrintableString-0-32> template-version <Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion> DLP 137 Configure IGMP Proxy ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure the IGMP system parameters with the following command: configure igmp system src-ip-address <IP::V4Address> (no) verify-checksum (no) query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> (no) max-rsp-time <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> (no) robustness <Igmp::SystemRobustness> (no) mem-query-int <Igmp::MembQueryIntv> (no) last-memb-cnt <Igmp::MembQueryCount> (no) last-max-resp-tim <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> (no) host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> (no) start (no) preview-valid <Igmp::SystemPrevalidIntval> (no) cdr-validation <Igmp::SystemPrecdrvalidIntval> (no) cdr-generation <Igmp::igmpSystemCdrAdmin> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure igmp channel 1/1/4/1:8:35 fullview-packages 20 configure igmp channel 1/1/4/1:8:35 fullview-packages 20 configure igmp channel 1/1/4/1:8:35 preview-packages 49 configure igmp channel 1/1/4/1:8:35 max-num-group 2 DLP 138 Configure IGMP Snooping Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 138 Configure IGMP Snooping Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure IGMP snooping on the SHub. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure IGMP snooping on the SHub: 1 Configure the IGS system parameters with the following command: configure igmp shub igs-system (no) start-snooping (no) enable-snooping self-ip-addr-mode <Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode> (no) self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> trace-selection <SignedInteger> (no) router-purge-intv <Igmp::RouterInterval> (no) host-purge-intv <Igmp::HostInterval> (no) report-fwd-intv <Igmp::ForwardInterval> 2 Configure the response timer with the following command: configure igmp shub response-timer (vlan-id) (no) leave-rsp-timer <Igmp::LeaveResponse> 3 Configure the router port with the following command: configure igmp shub vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> query-timer <Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer> 4 View the status of the IGMP VLAN router ports with the following command: show igmp shub vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> 5 Configure the VLAN filter with the following command: configure igmp shub vlan-filter (filter-id) (no) snoop-filter 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure igmp shub igs-system start-snooping enable-snooping self-ip-addr-mode from-ip configure igmp shub response-timer 560 leave-rsp-timer 3 configure igmp shub vlan-router-port 450 network-port 3 DLP 138 Configure IGMP Snooping ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI query-timer 120 show igmp shub vlan-router-port 450 network-port 3 configure igmp shub vlan-filter 450 snoop-filter DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode Purpose In the iBridge mode, the user subnets need to be configured on the user-gateway interface of the SHub. This is needed to advertise the user subnet routes into the network via routing protocols and also to forward user IP packets in downstream to LTs (in the routing table of Shub, direct subnet routes need to be created on the V-VLAN). DHCP Relay is configured per VLAN: Enable/disable DHCP relay agent Enable/disable Option-82 insertion Option-82 insertion is configurable irrespective of the DHCP relay agent status. The DHCP relay agent IP address (separate configuration parameter) is the IP address of one of the VRF IP interfaces. This procedure provides the steps to configure the DHCP relay agent in iBridge mode. DLP 139 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in iBridge Mode ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the DHCP relay agent: 1 Configure the DHCP relay agent per VRF interface with the following command: configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) bcast-vlan (no) option-82 (no) circuit-id <Dhcp::CircuitId> (no) remote-id <Dhcp::RemoteId>] 2 Enable the SHub relay agent with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub relaying 3 Configure the list of DHCP Relay Server to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> server-name <PrintableString-0-32> 4 Configure the DHCP relay agent parameters to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub agent (vrfid) (no) enable-relaying (no) secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> (no) hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> (no) context-lifetime <Dhcp::ContextLife> (no) agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure dhcp-relay agent 56 bcast-vlan l2-vlan:700 option-82 circuit-id customer-id physical-id customer-id configure dhcp-relay shub relaying configure dhcp-relay shub server 56 ip-addr 192.168.125.13 server-name DHCPRel56 configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent 56 enable-relaying DLP 140 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 140 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode Purpose In the router mode, the user subnets need to be configured on the user-gateway interface of SHub. This is needed to advertise user subnet routes into network via routing protocols and also to forward user IP packets in downstream to LTs (in the routing table of SHub, direct subnet routes need to be created on the V-VLAN). DHCP Relay is configured per VLAN: Enable/disable DHCP relay agent Enable/disable Option-82 insertion Option-82 insertion is configurable irrespective of the DHCP relay agent status. The DHCP relay agent IP address (separate configuration parameter) is the IP address of one of the VRF IP interfaces. This procedure provides the steps to configure the DHCP relay agent. Prerequisite The following prerequisite must be fulfilled before a DHCP Relay Agent in router mode can be configured: a V-VLAN must have been created; see DLP 116. DLP 140 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Router Mode ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the DHCP relay agent: 1 Configure the DHCP relay agent per VRF interface with the following command: configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) bcast-vlan none | l2-vlan : <Vlan::VlanId> (no) option-82 (no) circuit-id <Dhcp::CircuitId> (no) remote-id <Dhcp::RemoteId>] 2 Enable the SHub relay agent with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub relaying 3 Configure the list of DHCP Relay Server to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> server-name <PrintableString-0-32> 4 Configure the DHCP relay agent parameters to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent (index) (no) enable-relaying (no) secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> (no) hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> (no) context-lifetime <Dhcp::ContextLife> agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure dhcp-relay agent 56 bcast-vlan l2-vlan:301 option-82 circuit-id customer-id physical-id customer-id configure dhcp-relay shub relaying configure dhcp-relay shub server 56 ip-addr 192.168.101.12 server-name Antwerp56 configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent 56 enable-relaying agent-ip-addr 192.168.125.13 DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode Purpose The DHCP relay port functionality provided by LTs is exactly the same as in the router mode. One difference is that, in the forwarder mode, there is no need to have a dedicated V-VLAN to be used as a broadcast VLAN for DHCP relay. Instead, one of the network VLANs is used at the same time as a broadcast VLAN by LTs. DHCP Relay is configured per VLAN: Enable/disable DHCP relay agent Enable/disable Option-82 insertion Option-82 insertion is configurable, irrespective of the DHCP relay agent status. The DHCP relay agent IP address (separate configuration parameter) is the IP address of one of the VRF IP interfaces. This procedure provides the steps to configure the DHCP relay agent. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the DHCP relay agent: 1 Configure the DHCP relay agent per VRF interface with the following command: configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) bcast-vlan none | l2-vlan : <Vlan::VlanId> (no) option-82 (no) circuit-id <Dhcp::CircuitId> (no) remote-id <Dhcp::RemoteId>] 2 Enable the SHub relay agent with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub relaying 3 Configure the list of DHCP relay servers to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub vrf (vrfid) relay-server <Ip::V4Address> server-name <PrintableString-0-32> 4 Configure the DHCP relay agent parameters to a particular VRF with the following command: configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent (vrfid) (no) enable-relaying (no) secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> (no) hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> (no) context-lifetime <Dhcp::ContextLife> agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> DLP 141 Configure DHCP Relay Agent in Forwarder Mode ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure dhcp-relay agent 16 bcast-vlan layer2:450 option-82 circuit-id customer-id physical-id customer-id configure dhcp-relay shub relaying configure dhcp-relay shub vrf 16 configure dhcp-relay shub vrf 16 relay-server 192.168.101.12 server-name Antwerp56 configure dhcp-relay shub relay-agent 16 enable-relaying agent-ip-addr 192.168.125.13 DLP 142 Configure the Security Domain Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 142 Configure the Security Domain Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure the security domain. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the security domain: 1 Configure the security domain with the following command: configure system security domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> (no) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> (no) primary-dns <Ip::V4Address> (no) second-dns <Ip::V4Address> (no) primary-nbns <Ip::V4Address> (no) second-nbns <Ip::V4Address> (no) sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> (no) qos-policy none | name : <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> authenticator local | radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> (no) admin-down 2 Define the security domain IP pool with the following command: configure system security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> start-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> (no) size <Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> (no) admin-down DLP 142 Configure the Security Domain ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Assign the security domain IP pool with the following command: configure system security domain (name) ip-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> priority <SignedInteger> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system security domain Domain1 vrf-index 15 vlan-id 56 authenticator local configure system security ip-addr-pool PoolDomain1 vrf-index 15 start-addr 10.179.16.100/24 size 100 no admin-down configure system security domain Domain1 ip-pool PoolDomain1 vrf-index 15 priority 3 DLP 143 Configure Local Authentication Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 143 Configure Local Authentication Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure local authentication. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure local authentication: 1 Configure the security domain with the following command: configure system security domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> authenticator local 2 Define the domain users with the following command: configure system security domain (name) user (name) password <Password> 3 Change the password for a specific user with the following command: configure system security domain (name) user (name) password <new Password> 4 Delete a user from the authentication table with the following command: configure system security domain (name) no user (name) 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system security domain Domain1 vrf-index 15 authenticator local configure system security domain Domain1 user JohnDoe password zxspr#12 configure system security domain Domain1 user JohnDoe password sh#34pea configure system security domain Domain1 no user JohnDoe DLP 143 Configure Local Authentication ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 144 Configure RADIUS Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 144 Configure RADIUS Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS). Procedure Proceed as follows to configure RADIUS: 1 Configure the RADIUS authentication server with the following command: configure system security radius auth-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> (no) port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> secret <Password> (no) retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> (no) timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> (no) admin-down (no) dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> 2 Configure the RADIUS accounting server with the following command: configure system security radius acc-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> (no) port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> secret <Password> (no) retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> (no) timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> (no) admin-down (no) dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> DLP 144 Configure RADIUS ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Configure the RADIUS policy with the following command: configure system security radius policy (name) nas-id <Printable-0-64> nas-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> (no) keep-domain-name (no) disable-accnt-msg (no) acc-interval <Aaa::AccInt> (no) disable-eap 4 Configure the RADIUS server set with the following command: configure system security radius policy (name) servers (index) auth-server none | name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName> vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> (no) acc-server none | name: <Aaa::RadAccServerName> (no) vrf-index-acc <Aaa::VrfIndex> priority <Aaa::Priority> 5 Enable the RADIUS relay on the SHub with the following command: configure system security radius (no) relay (no) auth-super-user <Aaa::SuperUserAuth> oper-policy-name <Aaa::RadPolicyName> 6 Configure the security domain with the following command: configure system security domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> (no) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> (no) primary-dns <Ip::V4Address> (no) second-dns <Ip::V4Address> (no) primary-nbns <Ip::V4Address> (no) second-nbns <Ip::V4Address> (no) sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> (no) qos-policy none | name : <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> authenticator radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName> (no) admin-down 7 Configure the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with the following command: configure system security radius dyn-auth-client (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> secret <Password> (no) admin-down 8 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 144 Configure RADIUS Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure system security radius auth-server RADAuthServ1 vrf-index 50 ip-address 192.168.120.120 secret Khinghkhongh timeout-limit 5 configure system security radius acc-server RADAccServ1 vrf-index 51 ip-address 192.168.121.121 secret Ahlakazam configure system security radius policy RADPol23 nas-id MyNASID nas-ip-address 192.168.122.122 configure system security radius policy RADPol23 servers 2 auth-server name: RADAuthServ1 vrf-index-auth 50 acc-server name: RADAccServ1 vrf-index-acc 51 priority 162 configure system security radius relay auth-super-user enable configure system security domain SecDomain1 vrf-index 56 authenticator radius : RADPol23 configure system security radius dyn-auth-client DynAuth1 vrf-index 64 ip-address 192.168.123.123 secret Khinghkhongh DLP 144 Configure RADIUS iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 145 Configure 802.1x Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 145 Configure 802.1x Purpose This procedure provides the steps to enable, disable, and configure parameters for 802.1x. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure 802.1x: 1 Enable 802.1x with the following command: configure system security pae port-access 2 Configure the 802.1x parameters with the following command: configure system security pae authenticator (port) (no) controlled-port <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> (no) quiet-period <Aaa::paeQuitTime> (no) tx-period <Aaa::paeTime> (no) supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> (no) server-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> (no) max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> 3 Configure the remote authenticator and enable authentication and handshake with the following command: configure system security pae ext-authenticator (port) (no) authentication (no) init-authreq-off (no) handshake (no) handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> 4 Enable initialization control for a port with the following command: configure system security pae port (port) (no) initialize 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system security pae port-access configure system security pae authenticator 1/1/4/1: 8:35 controlled-port force-unauthorized server-timeout 20 max-req 5 configure system security pae ext-authenticator 1/1/4/1: 8:35 authentication handshake configure system security pae port 1/1/4/1: 8:35 initialize DLP 145 Configure 802.1x ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 146 Configure PPPoE Relay Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 146 Configure PPPoE Relay Purpose PPPoE relay needs no configuration. It should only be enabled or disabled on a specific VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to enable or disable PPPoE relay: 1 Enable PPPoE relay with the following command: configure vlan id (vlanid) pppoe-relay mode Example: configure vlan id 56 pppoe-relay mode residential-bridge 2 Disable PPPoE relay with the following command: configure vlan id (vlanid) no pppoe-relay Example: configure vlan id 56 no pppoe-relay 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 146 Configure PPPoE Relay ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 147 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 147 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure PPPoA-PPPoE relay. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before PPPoA-PPPoE relay can be configured: An iBridge VLAN must have been created; see NTP 105. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure PPPoA-PPPoE relay: 1 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE CC global parameters with the following command: configure pppox-relay cross-connect global-session (no) pado-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> (no) pads-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> (no) max-pad-attempts <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> (no) trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> (no) cc-max-age <PPPoX::CcMaxAge> 2 Configure the PPPoA-PPPoE CC engine with the following command: configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine (vlan-id) (no) name <PPPoX::EngineName> (no) lock (no) service-name <PPPoX::EngineName> 3 Enable monitoring of the PPPoA-PPPoE CC engine with the following command: configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine (vlan-id) monitor 4 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE CC client port with the following command: configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (port) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> default-priority <PPPoX::DefaultPriority> (no) max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> (no) qos-profile none | name : <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> 5 Enable monitoring of the PPPoA-PPPoE CC client port with the following command: configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (port) monitor 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 147 Configure PPPoA-PPPoE Relay ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure pppox-relay cross-connect global-session trans-max-age 500 cc-max-age 600 configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine 69 name PPPoXRelay69 configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine 69 monitor configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port 1/1/4/1:8:35 vlan-id 2000 default-priority 4 configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port 1/1/4/1:8:35 monitor DLP 148 Enable the PPPoE Server Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 148 Enable the PPPoE Server Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create the PPPoE server and the state of the PPPoE server. By default, the PPPoE server is disabled. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the PPPoE server: 1 Configure the PPPoE server with the following command: configure pppoe server-name <PPPoE::ServerName> enable-server Example: configure pppoe server-name PPPoEServer1 enable-server 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 148 Enable the PPPoE Server ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Profiles Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create and configure the PPPoE profiles. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the PPPoE profiles: 1 Create and configure a PPPoE profile with the following command: configure pppoe ppp-profile (index) (no) auth-type <PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> (no) keep-alive-intvl <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> Example: configure pppoe ppp-profile PPPProf1 auth-type chap-pap 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 149 Configure PPPoE Profiles ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 150 Configure ARP Table Entry Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 150 Configure ARP Table Entry Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure an ARP table entry. Procedure Use the following procedure to configure an ARP table entry: 1 Configure the IP Shub ARP parameters with the following command: configure ip shub arp (no) cache-timeout <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> (no) cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> (no) cache-refresh <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> (no) cache-retry-time <Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> (no) max-retry-itvl <Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> (no) max-retries <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> 2 Configure the IP Shub ARP parameters per VLAN with the following command: configure ip shub arp vlan (vlanid) (no) gratuitous-arp 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure ip shub arp cache-timeout 10000 cache-pending 20 max-retries 5 configure ip shub arp vlan 250 gratuitous-arp DLP 150 Configure ARP Table Entry ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 151 Shut down and Restart the SHub Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 151 Shut down and Restart the SHub Purpose This procedure provides the steps to restart the SHub. Procedure Proceed as follows to restart the SHub: 1 Prepare the system for shutdown with the following command: admin equipment prepare-shutdown 2 Pull out the NT. 3 Make the necessary changes to the NT. 4 Insert the NT. 5 Restart the SHub with the following command: admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset 6 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 151 Shut down and Restart the SHub ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 152 Reboot the System Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 152 Reboot the System Purpose You can reboot the whole system in the following modes: restart with self-test restart without self-test restart with removal of persistent data, but preserving the management channel configuration data restart with removal of all persistent data, including the management channel configuration data system hot restart Procedure Proceed as follows to reboot the system: 1 Reboot the system with the following command: admin equipment reboot-isam <Equipm::SystemRestart> Example: admin equipment reboot-isam with-self-test 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 152 Reboot the System ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 153 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 153 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment Purpose This procedure provides the steps to shut down and restart slots containing plug-in units on the NE shelf. General The only individual pieces of equipment that may be necessary to restart are plug-in units such as LTs. These can be shut down and restarted by powering down the slot in which the plug-in unit is inserted. Procedure Proceed as follows to shut down and restart individual equipment: 1 Power down a plug-in unit with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> power-down Example: configure equipment slot 1/1/5 power-down 2 Restore power to a plug-in unit with the following command: configure equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> no power-down Example: configure equipment slot 1/1/5 no power-down 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 153 Shut down and Restart Individual Equipment ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 154 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 154 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create a snapshot alarm table. Procedure Proceed as follows to create a snapshot alarm table: 1 Create an alarm snapshot table for a minimum severity level with the following command: admin alarm snap-shot (start) Example: admin alarm snap-shot start:major:tom This command will create an alarm snapshot table for snap-shot owner "tom" showing all the alarms with minimum severity-level "major" (=major and critical). Note: The command will fail if the snap-shot is already in use. The snap-shot is only kept for a limited time and will be automatically cleared. 2 The alarm snapshot table can be viewed with the following command: show alarm snap-shot table (index) Note: The command can be given with or without extra parameters: When NO parameter is given, all the tables will be shown. When a parameter (i.e. the index of the desired table) is given, onlt that table will be shown. DLP 154 Create a Snapshot Alarm Table ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Create the alarm snapshot table on the SHub with the following command: admin alarm shub snap-shot start Example: admin alarm shub snap-shot start:major:tom 4 The SHub alarm snapshot table can be viewed with the following command: show alarm shub snap-shot table (index) Note: The command can be given with or without extra parameters: When NO parameter is given, all the tables will be shown. When a parameter (that is, the index of the desired table) is given, only that table will be shown. 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 155 Monitor Alarms Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 155 Monitor Alarms Purpose This procedure provides the steps to monitor alarms. Monitoring alarms includes viewing current alarms, a snapshot of the NE alarms, and the current configuration of the alarm delta logs. General Refer to the CLI Commands and Messages document for a full description of all the commands related to alarm monitoring. The most common commands are listed in the procedure below. Procedure Proceed as follows to monitor alarms: 1 Use the following command to show the alarm log tables: show alarm log table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl misc | xdsl near-end | xdsl far-end | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication| bonding-group | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay (index) 2 Use the following command to show the alarm snapshot table: show alarm snap-shot table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication | bonding-group | ipox | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay (index) 3 Use the following command to view the common values related to the alarm delta logs: show alarm delta-log alarm-changes DLP 155 Monitor Alarms ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 4 Use the following command to view the current alarms: show alarm current table | equipment | eqpt-holder | plug-in-unit | atm | ether-itf | sw-mgmt | xdsl | tca-xdsl | eo-conversion | authentication | bonding-group | redundancy | custom | sfp | llu-relay (index) 5 Use the following command to view the SHub alarms: show alarm shub snap-shot table | snap-shot shub-gen | snap-shot eth-shub | snap-shot rip | snap-shot ospf | snap-shot uplink-group (index) 6 Use the following command to view the alarm entries: show alarm entry (alarm-id) 7 To view the alarm delta log entries, use any of the following commands (see the CLI Commands and Messages document for more information): show alarm delta-log alarm-changes show alarm delta-log indeterminate (index) show alarm delta-log warning (index) show alarm delta-log minor (index) show alarm delta-log major (index) show alarm delta-log critical (index) 8 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 156 Management of the SHub Database Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 156 Management of the SHub Database Note This procedure is no longer valid. The correct procedure is described in RTP 100. DLP 156 Management of the SHub Database ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 157 Manage the SHub Database Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 157 Manage the SHub Database Purpose This document provides the steps to save the SHub configuration database. Procedure Proceed as follows to manage the SHub database: 1 Save the SHub database with the following command: admin software-mngt shub database save 2 The status of the save operation (successful, failed, or still in progress) can be viewed with the following command: show software-mngt shub config-file 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 157 Manage the SHub Database ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 158 Management of the System Database Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 158 Management of the System Database Note This procedure is no longer valid. The correct procedure is described in RTP 100. DLP 158 Management of the System Database ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 159 Management of OSWP Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 159 Management of OSWP Purpose This procedure provides the steps to manage the Operational Software Package (OSWP). Prerequisite The NE contains one OSWP, which is committed and active on all the boards. Procedure Proceed as follows to manage the OSWP in the NE: 1 Configure the download of an OSWP with the following command: configure software-mngt oswp (index) primary-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> second-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> download-set cmplete-set autofetch <SwMngt::autoFetch> 2 Start the actual OSWP download with the following command: admin software-mngt oswp (index) download <SwMngt::oswpName> 3 Show download status with the following command: show software-mngt oswp (index) 4 Abort an OSWP download with the following command: admin software-mngt oswp (index) abort-download 5 Activate an OSWP with the following command: admin software-mngt oswp (index) activate <SwMngt::activationType> 6 Commit an OSWP with the following command: admin software-mngt oswp (index) commit 7 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure software-mngt oswp 1 primary-file-server-id 192.168.111.112 second-file-server-id 192.168.111.212 DLP 159 Management of OSWP ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI download-set complete-set autofetch all-files admin software-mngt oswp 1 download /OSWP_packages/OSWP1 admin software-mngt oswp 2 detail admin software-mngt oswp 1 abort-download admin software-mngt oswp 1 activate with-linked-db admin software-mngt oswp 1 commit DLP 160 View Version of the SHub Software Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 160 View Version of the SHub Software Purpose This procedure provides the steps to view the software version number for the SHub. Procedure Proceed as follows to view the software version number for the SHub: 1 View the software version of the SHub system parameters with the following command: show system shub entry version 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 160 View Version of the SHub Software ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 161 Software Licenses Counters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 161 Software Licenses Counters Description The NE supports licensing counters. By these counters, the NE management station is able to license a set of features provided by the NE in its network. The licensing counters are defined at the level of the DSL interfaces. Features The feature counters can be retrieved by a manager for monitoring. The following features are monitored in the NE: ADSL2+ READSL2 ADSL2/ADSL2+ Annex M IGMP IP-Forwarding PPPoX Relay PPPoX Termination 802.1x Procedure Proceed as follows to retrieve the feature counters: 1 View the number of software licenses for the feature wit hthe following command: show system license adsl2-plus | readsl | igmp | ip-forward | pppox-relay | pppox-termination | 802dot1x | annex-m | ipoa-cc 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 161 Software Licenses Counters ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 162 Modify the External Management VLAN Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 162 Modify the External Management VLAN Purpose This procedure gives the steps to change the external management VLAN. Procedure Proceed as follows to change the external management VLAN: 1 View the external VLAN in the system with the following command: info configure system 2 View the external VLAN in the SHub with the following command: info configure system shub entry vlan 3 View the PVID on the management port with the following command: info configure bridge shub port 1 4 Change the external VLAN in the system with the following command: configure system id <Sys::systemId> name <PrintableString-0-255> location <PrintableString-0-255> contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> (no) en-snmp-auth-traps <Transport::SnmpAuthTraps> (no) ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate> mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::Number> (no) single-public-ip 5 Change the external VLAN in the SHub with the following command: configure system shub entry vlan ext-vlan-id <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex> 6 Change the PVID on the management port with the following command: configure interface shub port 1 pvid 4093 7 Save the SHub database with the following command: admin software-mngt shub database save 8 To make these changes effective, the Shub must be restarted with the following command: admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset 9 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 162 Modify the External Management VLAN ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: info configure system info configure system shub entry vlan info configure bridge shub port 1 configure system id 1207 name Test_Asam location Magabir contact-person Ewan Tendunnit (Phone ext 345) mgnt-vlan-id 4000 system-mac 99:62:12:34:56:5B / 98:45:43:6B:35:78 / 24 configure system shub entry vlan ext-vlan-id 4000 configure interface shub port 1 pvid 4093 admin software-mngt shub database save admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles Purpose This procedure provides the steps to modify xDSL profiles. Procedure Proceed as follows to modify an xDSL profile: 1 Modify an xDSL service profile with the following command: configure xdsl service-profile <profile index> name <profile name> (scope) version <version number> Note: Only the parameters name, scope and version can be changed for an existing xDSL service profile. If the other parameters need to be changed, then a new xDSL service profile must be created. 2 Start the modification of an xDSL spectrum profile with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) modification start DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 3 Modify the parameters of an xDSL spectrum profile with the following command: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> local-profile version <SignedInteger> (no) dis-ansi-t1413 (no) dis-etsi-dts (no) dis-g992-1-a (no) dis-g992-1-b (no) dis-g992-2-a (no) dis-g992-3-a (no) dis-g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) dis-etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) g993-2-8a (no) g993-2-8b (no) g993-2-8c (no) g993-2-8d (no) g993-2-12a (no) g993-2-12b (no) g993-2-17a (no) g993-2-30a (no) min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) min-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> (no) max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> (no) max-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> (no) carrier-mask-down <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> (no) carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp> (no) rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> (no) power_mgnt_mode <Xdsl::LinePowerMgtMode> (no) line_l0_time <Xdsl::LineTime> (no) line_l2_time <Xdsl::LineTime> (no) line_l2_atpr <Xdsl::L2Atpr> 4 Use one of the following commands to complete the modification of the xDSL spectrum profile: When the modifcations must be kept: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) modification complete When the modifications must be cancelled: configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) modification cancel 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: Modifying an xDSL service profile: Suppose an xDSL service profile with name test-profile exists and that the name must be changed to approved-profile: configure xdsl service-profile 5 name approved-profile Modifying an xDSL spectrum profile: Suppose an xDSL spectrum profile with opmode adsl exists and that the opmode must be changed to adsl2: configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 modification start configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 name test_profile opmode adsl2plus configure xdsl spectrum-profile 5 modification complete DLP 163 Modifying xDSL Profiles iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 164 Ping Command Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 164 Ping Command Purpose This procedure provides the steps to ping another host. Procedure Proceed as follows: 1 Ping another host with the following command: ping (ip-addr) (no) timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> (no) tries <Ip::PingTries> (no) mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: ping 192.168.103.104 tries 3 DLP 164 Ping Command ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 165 Traceroute Command Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 165 Traceroute Command Purpose This procedure provides the steps to perform a traceroute action, aiming at determining the route to a destination address. Note: Only one traceroute can be ongoing at any point in time A traceroute action must be explicitly terminated before a new traceroute action can be initiated. Procedure Proceed as follows to perform a traceroute action: 1 Initiate a traceroute action with the following command: admin ip traceroute (ip-addr) (no) max-ttl <Ip::TracerouteTTL> (no) min-ttl <Ip::TracerouteTTL> (no) timeout <Ip::TracerouteTimeout> (no) mtu-size <Ip::TracerouteMtu> 2 Terminate a traceroute action with the following command: admin ip no traceroute (ip-addr) 3 View the result of a traceroute action with the following command: show ip traceroute (ip-addr) hop <UnsignedInteger> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: admin ip traceroute 192.168.103.104 mtu-size 30 admin ip no traceroute 192.168.103.104 show ip traceroute 192.168.103.104 hop 3 DLP 165 Traceroute Command ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 166 Configure CPE Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 166 Configure CPE Management Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure the CPE management functionality. The configuration of the remote CPE management functionality involves: Enabling the CPE remote management function Configuring the IP address of the CPE remote manager Configuring the UDP trap port of the CPE remote manager (optional). Procedure Proceed as follows: 1 Configure the CPE remote management function with the following command: configure cpeproxy sys-cpemgnt-mode <CpeProxy::CpeProxySystemMode> ip-address-cpemm <Ip::V4Address> (no) udpport-cpemgnt <CpeProxy::CpeMgtStationPortNumber> 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure cpeproxy sys-cpemgnt-mode system-enable ip-address-cpemm 192.168.200.200 DLP 166 Configure CPE Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 167 Script Files Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 167 Script Files Purpose A script file is a file containing CLI commands, which can be used to restore a configuration. Script files are typically stored in the /var/cmd directory. Warning: the /var/cmd is cleaned when the system resets, so the configuration file must be transferred to another system with tftp before resetting the system. Note: saving and restoring the configuration will not work for areas in which resource identifiers are assigned dynamically by the system. Procedure Proceed as follows to create and execute a script file: 1 The complete configuration of the system can be stored in a script with the following command: info configure | tee <file.txt> 2 The configuration can be restored on an empty system with the following command: exec /var/cmd/<file.txt> 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: info configure | tee config exec /var/cmd/config DLP 167 Script Files ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters Purpose This document describes the procedure to modify the system management IP parameters. Procedure Proceed as follows to modify the system management IP parameters : 1 If a default route was defined at the time of creation (see DLP 102), remove the default route with the following command : configure system management no default-route 2 Configure the system IP address allocation to dynamic with the following command: configure system management host-ip-address bootp 3 Configure the new host IP address of the system with the following command : configure system management host-ip-address manual:<Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthHost> 4 Configure the new default route of the system with the following command : configure system management default-route <Ip::V4Address> 5 Remove the old SHub IP address with the following command : configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) no ip-addr DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 6 Configure the new SHub IP address with the following command : configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> 7 Change the administrative status of the management vlan on the SHub to down with the following command : configure interface shub vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> admin-status down 8 Remove the IP address connected to the management vlan on the SHub via the following command : configure interface shub ip <Vlan::UVlanIndex> no ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthHost> 9 Configure the new IP address to the management vlan on the SHub via the following command : configure interface shub ip <Vlan::UVlanIndex> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthHost> 10 Change the administrative status of the management vlan on the SHub to up with the following command : configure interface shub vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> admin-status up 11 Save the changes on the NT disk with the following command : admin software-mngt shub database save 12 To make the changes effective, the SHub must be restarted with the following command : admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset 13 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example Assumption: the old SHub IP address was 192.168.204.23/24. configure system management no default-route configure system management host-ip-address bootp configure system management host-ip-address manual:192.168.204.147/24 configure system management default-route 192.168.204.1 configure interface shub ip 4093 no ip-addr configure interface shub ip 4093 ip-addr 192.168.204.148/24 configure interface shub vlan-id 4093 admin-status down configure interface shub ip 4093 no ip-addr 192.168.204.23/24 configure interface shub ip 4093 ip-addr 192.168.204.148/24 configure interface shub vlan-id 4093 admin-status up admin software-mngt shub database save admin equipment reboot-shub systemreset DLP 168 Modify the System Management IP Parameters iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management Purpose Cluster management in the NE is implemented as follows: Each node of a cluster still keeps its public IP address. The EMS manages each node independently via its public IP address, but offers the possibility to the operator to define clusters at the EMS Graphical User Interface (GUI) level, and give commands which are valid for the complete cluster (profile management, backup and restore, software management, alarm management). EMS then executes the commands sequentially to each DSLAM of the cluster. The EMS supports topology display, which is made possible by a topology collection process in the NE. For this topology collection, the NE supports the neighbor-discovery and topology-collection protocols as defined in the CCSA cluster management standard. The EMS defines a command and a backup node for each cluster. Both the command and the backup node will perform topology collection for the cluster. EMS retrieves the collected cluster topology from the command node. If the command node fails, EMS retrieves topology information from the backup node. The neighbor-discovery protocol is supported in each node of the cluster. It sends neighbor-discovery packets (with information of its own node) on each of its up- and subtending links in a regular time-interval (default 60s). Through these packets, each NE learns its directly connected environment. A topology-collection protocol is started from the command node. Topology collection can be done automatically and periodically by the NE (in this case, the EMS is trapped by the NE if the topology is changed), or the operator on the EMS can start a manual topology collection request. The NE sends topology request messages on all the links to its neighbours learned through neighbor discovery. Each neighbor answers with a topology reply containing info on its directly connected environment. Each neighbor also forwards the original topology request on its other links, and the second-level neighbours will answer with topology response messages directly to the command node using the command nodes MAC address. With the information received in the topology response messages, the command and backup nodes are able to construct tables giving the complete topology of a cluster (including the MAC and IP address of each node). This procedure provides the steps to configure cluster management. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure cluster management: 1 Configure the role of the NE and cluster name with the following command: configure cluster system name <Cluster::clusterName> role <Cluster::ClusterRole> Note: Use this command for each NE that must be part of the cluster. DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Configure the neighbour discovery on system level with the following command: configure cluster neighbour (no) discov-mode <Cluster::DiscoverySystemMode> (no) interval <Cluster::DiscoveryInterval> (no) hold-time <Cluster::DiscoveryHoldTime> Note: By default, the automatic neighbourdiscovery mode is enabled. 3 Configure the topology collection on system level with the following command: configure cluster collection (no) collect-sys-off (no) hop-delay <Cluster::CollectionHopDelay> (no) port-delay <Cluster::CollectionPortDelay> (no) scope <Cluster::CollectScope> (no) interval <Cluster::CollectionInterval> (no) manual <Cluster::CollectionManualMode> Note: By default, the automatic topology-collection mode is enabled. 4 Configure the neighbour discovery and topology collection on port level with the following command: configure cluster port (port) (no) discov-port-off (no) collect-port-off Note: By default, the automatic neighbour-discovery and topology-collection modes are enabled on port level. 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: Figure 16900-1: Cluster Example In the configuration shown in Figure 16900-1, LS01 is the command node, LS02 is the backup node, and LS03, LS04, and LS05 are the member nodes. LS01>#configure cluster system name Cluster1 role command LS02>#configure cluster system name Cluster1 role backup LS03>#configure cluster system name Cluster1 role member LS04>#configure cluster system name Cluster1 role member LS05>#configure cluster system name Cluster1 role member DLP 169 Configure Cluster Management iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 170 Configure SSH Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 170 Configure SSH Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure the SSH functionality. When configuring SSH, the following must be taken into consideration: SSH can only be configured by the CLI security administrator In case of username/password authentication, the operator can login via SSH without any further configuration. Once logged in, it is advised to disable the non-secure channels (such as Telnet and TFTP). The operator can now configure the client username/password for the SFTP client in the Litespan. Before being able to login with a public key, the operator has to configure the username/public key to the system, so the Litespan can authenticate the user. In order to do this, the operator has to: login via username/password configure the username/key combinations change to key authentication. Again, the operator must make sure that the non-secure channels are closed. For an SFTP client with public key, the operator has to: generate the client private/public key pair (if not already done) in the Litespan read out the username/public key to be stored in the SFTP server, so he can authenticate the client. The client private/public key pair generation and the reading of the username/public can be done via CLI. DLP 170 Configure SSH ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the SSH functionality: 1 Configure the SSH server profile (retries, timeout, authentication algorithm, and encryption algorithm) with the following command: configure system security ssh server-profile (no) server-retries <SSH::ServerRetries> (no) idle-timeout <SSH::ServerIdleTimeOut> (no) dis-hmac-sha-1 (no) dis-hmac-sha-1-96 (no) dis-aes (no) dis-des-3 (no) dis-blowfish (no) dis-des-56 2 Configure the secure shell user and the public-key, to be used while connecting, with the following command: configure system security ssh user (name) key <SSH::SshClientPublicKey> Note: Public-key is the one which got generated by the SSH Client using ssh-keygen. Copy only the public-key from the generated output of ssh-keygen. 3 Configure the access channels with the following command: configure system security ssh access (no) sftp (no) dis-cli-ssh (no) dis-tl1-ssh 4 When necessary, the servers public key can be regenerated with the following command: configure system security ssh key-regen <SSH::RegenerateKey> 5 Read out the username/public key to store in the SFTP server with the following command: show security ssh server 6 Configure an SFTP user name, for when a client needs to connect, with the following command: configure system security ssh sftp-username (username) password prompt | plain : <SSH::SftpPassword> 7 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 170 Configure SSH Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure system security ssh server-profile no dis-hmac-sha-1 no dis-blowfish configure system security ssh user 10 key mySecret configure system security ssh access no dis-tl1-ssh configure system security ssh access cli-ssh configure system security ssh key-regen rsa show security ssh server configure system security ssh sftp-username JohnDoe DLP 170 Configure SSH iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 171 EMS Management Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 171 EMS Management Purpose This procedure provides the steps to enable the management of EMS. Procedure Proceed as follows to enable the management of EMS: 1 Configure the SHub management VLAN filter IP address with the following command: configure system shub filter shub-manager (index) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> 2 Configure the SHub security SNMP community with the following command: configure system security snmp shub community (index) name <PrintableString-0-255> privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> 3 Save the changes on the NT disk with the following command : admin software-mngt shub database save 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. DLP 171 EMS Management ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Configuration example: configure system shub filter shub-manager 1 src-ip-addr 192.168.172.172 configure system security snmp shub community 1 name Community1 privilege read-write admin software-mngt shub database save DLP 172 Create a Default Operator Profile Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 172 Create a Default Operator Profile Purpose This command allows the superuser to specify a default operator profile. This default profile is used when an operator is authenticated via a RADIUS server, but the RADIUS server does not support Vendor Specific Attributes. This operator profile determines most of the operator properties. Procedure Proceed as follows to create a default operator profile: 1 Create a default operator profile with the following command: configure system security default-profile (name) (no) prompt <Sec::Prompt> (no) password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> (no) terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> (no) description <Sec::ProfileDesc> (no) aaa <Sec::Aaa> (no) atm <Sec::Atm> (no) alarm <Sec::Alarm> (no) dhcp <Sec::Dhcp> (no) equipment <Sec::Equipment> (no) igmp <Sec::Igmp> (no) ip <Sec::Ip> (no) ppoe <Sec::Ppoe> (no) qos <Sec::Qos> (no) software-mngt <Sec::Sw> (no) transport <Sec::Transport> (no) vlan <Sec::Vlan> (no) xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> (no) security <Sec::Security> 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system security default-profile no prompt password-timeout 10 terminal-timeout 30 description superuser aaa read atm read alarm write no dhcp DLP 172 Create a Default Operator Profile ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI equipment write no igmp ip write ppoe write qos write software-mngt write transport write vlan write xdsl write security write Task 100 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Task 100 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User Purpose This procedure provides the steps to create an IPoA cross-connect user. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before an IPoA cross-connect user can be created: The LT must be planned; see DLP 111. xDSL profiles must have been created; see DLP 129. Procedure Proceed as follows to create an IPoA cross-connect user: 1 Create an xDSL line with the following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name: <PrintableString> spectrum-profile none | <Xdsl::ProfilePointer> | name :<PrintableString> (no) ansi-t1413 (no) etsi-dts (no) g992-1-a (no) g992-1-b (no) g992-2-a (no) g992-3-a (no) g992-3-b (no) g992-3-l1 (no) g992-3-l2 (no) g992-3-am (no) g992-5-a (no) g992-5-b (no) ansi-t1.424 (no) etsi-ts (no) itu-g993-1 (no) ieee-802.3ah (no) g992-5-am (no) carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> (no) admin-up (no) bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> (no) tps-tc-mode <Xdsl::TpsTcMode> 2 Configure the xDSL line with the following command: configure interface port xdsl-line:<Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::LtSlot> Task 100 Create an IPoA Cross-Connect User ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI /<Eqpt::Port> admin-up (no) user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> 3 Create an ATM PVC with the following command: configure atm pvc (port-index) (no) admin-down (no) aal5-encap-type llc-snap-routed | vc-mux-routed | automatic:ip 4 Create an IWL with the following command: configure atm ip-cross-connect (interworking-port) (no) cpe <Ip::V4Address> (no) next-hop <Ip::V4Address> 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure xdsl line 1/1/5/12 service-profile 7 spectrum-profile 3 tps-tc-mode atm admin-up configure interface port xdsl-line:1/1/5/12 admin-up configure atm pvc 1/1/5/12:8:35 aal5-encap-type vc-mux-routed configure atm ip-cross-connect 1/1/5/12:8:35 cpe 192.168.100.17 next-hop 192.168.100.16 DLP 174 Configure Single IP Address Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DLP 174 Configure Single IP Address Purpose This document describes the procedure to configure the system management IP parameters. Prerequisites Communities must be configured on the SHub. The following commands give an example: configure system security snmp shub community 1 name NETMAN privilege read-write ip-addr 127.0.0.2 configure system security snmp shub community 2 name PUBLIC Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the system management IP parameters: 1 Configure the system ID parameters with the following command: configure system id <Sys::systemId> name <PrintableString-0-255> location <PrintableString-0-255> contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> (no) en-snmp-auth-traps <Transport::SnmpAuthTraps> (no) ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate> mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::Range> single-public-ip DLP 174 Configure Single IP Address ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI 2 Configure the host IP address of the system with the following command: configure system management host-ip-addr manual:<Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthHost> Note: In case of manual configuration of the IP addres: If the system IP address is not configured (default 0.0.0.0), the users session setup requests are refused. 3 Configure the SNMP community name public with the following command: configure system security snmp community public host-address <Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthFull> 4 Configure the SNMP community name NETMAN with the following command: configure system security snmp community NETMAN host-address <Ip::V4Address>/<Ip::PrefixLengthFull> context shub 5 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: configure system id 1207 name Test_Asam location Magabir contact-person Ewan Tendunnit (Phone ext 345) mgnt-vlan-id 100 system-mac 99:62:12:34:56:5B/98:45:43:6B:35:78/24 single-public-ip configure system management host-ip-addr manual:192.168.203.189/24 configure system security snmp community public host-address 192.168.203.189/24 configure system security snmp community NETMAN host-address 192.168.203.189/24 context shub Task 100 Configure the Default Security Domain Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Task 100 Configure the Default Security Domain Purpose This procedure provides the steps to configure a default security domain to be used in case PPP clients do not provide a domain name. Prerequisites The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before a default security domain can be created: A RADIUS server must have been configured; see DLP 144. Procedure Proceed as follows to configure the default security domain: 1 Configure the security domain with the following command: configure system security domain (name) authenticator radius:<Aaa::RadPolicyName> 2 Configure the connection profile parameters with the following command: configure system security conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> no reject-no-domain domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> 3 Configure the security connection policy with the following command: configure system security conn-policy conn-profile-name <AsamProfileName> 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Configuration example: In the following example, a default security domain with name unspecified is created. The connection profile is named no-domain. configure system security domain unspecified authenticator radius:YourRadPolicy configure system security conn-profile no-domain version 1 no reject-no-domain domain-name unspecified configure system security conn-policy conn-profile-name no-domain Task 100 Configure the Default Security Domain ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Routine Task Procedure (RTP) RTP 100 Backup the Configuration RTP 101 Restore the Configuration RTP 102 Retrieve Remote Inventory
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI RTP 100 Backup the Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI RTP 100 Backup the Configuration Purpose This procedure provides the steps to back up the NT database. General The SHub database is part of the NT database and is saved automatically at regular intervals towards the NT database. As there might be a difference between the last automated save of the SHub database and the actual contents of the Shub database, it is recommended to manually save the SHub database before performing a backup of the NT database. The TFTP deamon on the AWS assumes a default home directory /var/opt/aws/equipment. The TFTP deamon on the AMS assumes a default home directory /opt/ALAams/systemdata. This means that all the tftps initiated from the Litespan result in a file written relative to this point. The filename of the database is dm_complete.tar. RTP 100 Backup the Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Prerequisite An empty file dm.tar must exist in the specified path on the FTP server before the upload is started. Otherwise, the upload will fail (error upload-error : file-not-found). Note: The superuser must create this file. Create the dm_complete.tar file on the FTP server with the following commands ($ prompt is regular user, # prompt is superuser): $ su # cd /var/opt/aws/equipment/temp (*) # touch dm_complete.tar # chmod 666 dm_complete.tar # exit $ The NT database can now be backed up. Note: (*) For AMS, the command is cd /opt/ALAams/systemdata Procedure Proceed as follows to back up the NT database: 1 Back up the NT database (and SHub database) with the following command: admin software-mngt database upload actual-active:<Ip::V4Address>:<SwMngt::path> where <IP::V4Address> is the IP address of the AMS or AWS server. Example: admin software-mngt database upload actual-active:1.1.1.1:/dm_complete.tar 2 View the status of the database upload process and, in case of an upload failure, the reason, with the following command: show software-mngt upload-download 3 STOP. This procedure is complete. RTP 101 Restore the Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI RTP 101 Restore the Configuration Purpose This procedure provides the steps to restore the NT database (and SHub database) . The filename of the database is dm_complete.tar. Procedure Proceed as follows to restore the NT database: 1 Download the database with the following command: admin software-mngt database download <Ip::V4Address>:<SwMngt::path> where <IP::V4Address> is the IP address of the AMS or AWS server. Example: admin software-mngt database download 1.1.1.1:/dm_complete.tar 2 View the status of the database download process and, in case of an download failure, the reason, with the following command: show software-mngt upload-download 3 Activate the downloaded database with the following command: admin software-mngt oswp (index current oswp) activate with-linked-db Example: admin software-mngt oswp 1 activate with-linked-db 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. RTP 101 Restore the Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI RTP 102 Retrieve Remote Inventory Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI RTP 102 Retrieve Remote Inventory Purpose This procedure provides the steps to retrieve and show the remote inventory information. Table 10200-1 describes the RI information that is shown. Table 10200-1: RI information Procedure Proceed as follows to retrieve and show remote inventory information: 1 View the RI information with the following command: show equipment slot <Eqpt::Rack>/<Eqpt::Shelf>/<Eqpt::Slot> detail 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. RI information Description manufacturer An identification of the board manufacturer inventory-pba The Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the code inventory-fpba The Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the board, which also identifies the boot software inventory-ics The Item Change Status iteration code of the board inventory-clie The (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the board serial-no The serial number of the board RTP 102 Retrieve Remote Inventory ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Trouble Analysis Procedure (TAP) TAP 101 F5 Loopback Test TAP 102 Equipment Repair TAP 103 Fault isolation and troubleshooting
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TAP 101 F5 Loopback Test Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TAP 101 F5 Loopback Test Purpose This procedure provides the steps to perform an F5 loopback end-to-end test on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to perform an F5 loopback test: 1 Start an F5 loopback test with the following command: admin atm port (port) f5-loopback-ete start Example: admin atm port 1/1/4/1 : 8:35 f5-loopback-ete start Note: The result of the test can be obtained with an info command. 2 STOP. This procedure is complete. TAP 101 F5 Loopback Test ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TAP 102 Equipment Repair Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TAP 102 Equipment Repair Purpose This procedure provides the steps to perform equipment repair on the NE. Procedure Proceed as follows to perform equipment repair tasks: 1 Lock equipment (mostly plug-in units); see DLP 112. 2 Shut down individual equipment; see DLP 153. 3 Pull out equipment. Note: The NE does not keep time while the card is unplugged from the shelf. In order for the time to be synchronized when the card boots up, it must be set to use SNTP time synchronization with the management station. See DLP 103. 4 Replan equipment (for example, plug-in units); see DLP 111. 5 Plug in equipment. 6 Power up individual equipment; see DLP 153. 7 Unlock equipment (mostly plug-in units); see DLP 112. 8 Start up or shut down the system, select one of: a Shut down or restart the SHub; see DLP 151. b Reboot the entire system; see DLP 152. 9 STOP. This procedure is complete. TAP 102 Equipment Repair ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Purpose This TAP provides steps to use the EMS (AWS or AMS) to isolate a problem indicated by an alarm appearing in the EMS Event Viewer. General Resolve alarms that affect service before the alarms that do not affect service. Use local procedures to correct problems associated with customized alarms. Contact Alcatel customer technical assistance at 1-888-252-2832 (1-888-ALCATEC) when a problem cannot be corrected. Use alarm information obtained from the EMS Event Viewer during analysis. Use the TL1 or CLI autonomous messages generated during trouble locating and additional data, such as visual or audible alarms, when available. Service states should also be considered. See the CLI Commands document for information on CLI syntax. See the TL1 Commands and Messages document for information on TL1 syntax. Several of the protocols in this TAP may require the assistance of someone familiar with UNIX systems and commands. Many of the UNIX troubleshooting protocols and most of the UNIX commands require root access. If this is the case, Alcatel recommends that a UNIX system administrator perform the troubleshooting. Caution When an alarm has been disabled by the user, it is not generated or displayed in the Event Viewer. Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Alarms are identified by the following attributes, as listed in Table 10300-1: Alarm ID (No.) unique identification of the alarm Category category of the alarm: communication (Com) processing errors (Proc) quality of service (QoS) environmental (Envir) equipment (Equip) Severity level of severity assigned to the alarm: indeterminate warning minor major critical Service affecting specifies whether the alarm is service-affecting (SA) or not service-affecting (NSA) Report mode used to enable (ON) or disable (OFF) the reporting of the alarm Logging mode used to enable (ON) or disable (OFF) the logging mode of the alarm Procedure Use this procedure to isolate a fault indicated by an alarm. 1 Click on the Events icon in the EMS Access Manager window. The Event Viewer window opens and shows Standing NE Alarms; see Figure 10300-1. Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Figure 100-1: Standing NE Alarms window 2 Select the alarm you want to view. An associated message appears at the bottom of the window. 3 Use Tables 10300-1 and 10300-2 to help you determine the cause of the alarm and the appropriate action for resolving the alarm. You can use the category column of the table to help locate an alarm in the table. Some alarms are not currently supported. Table 100-1: Alarm definitions Note If multiple alarms are present, resolve alarms in the order listed below: Critical (red) Major (orange) Minor (yellow) Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description Alarm type = Equip (1); Index1 = eqptHolderld (index in equipment holder Table), Index22 = not used No defects 0 (1 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Persistent data loss 1 Equip Critical SA ON ON System has lost all persistent data after RESTART. System is not configured. SNTP communication lost 2 Equip Major NSA ON ON The SNTP server does not respond to the requested messages. NT disk 90% full 4 Equip Major NSA ON ON The NT disk has reached a 90% full level. System clock not using preferred timing mode 5 Com Major SA ON ON The system is configured to work in autonomous mode with both timing modes allowed and is not using the preferred timing mode because all timing references corresponding to the preferred timing mode are in failure. System clock in holdover mode or in free-run mode 6 Com Critical SA ON ON The system is configured to work in autonomous mode and is either in holdover or free-run mode because all timing references are in failure. LANX loss of contact 8 Equip Critical SA ON ON Loss of contact with the SHub. NT cannot communicate with the SHub. Alarm type = EquipHolder (2); Index1 = eqptHolderId (index in equipment holder Table), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Rack power 1 Equip Minor NSA ON ON Power fuse broken. Rack fan unit 1 2 Equip Major NSA ON ON Fan unit 1 in rack failing. Rack fan unit 2 3 Equip Major NSA ON ON Two or more of the fans in the rack have failed. The rack will shut down in approximately 2 min. Shelf-type mismatch 7 Equip Minor NSA ON ON Shelf detected, but its actual shelf type is either unknown or it differs from the planned shelf type. Extension chain installation 8 Equip Critical SA ON ON A consistency problem has been detected with the installation of the extension chain or multiple chains. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (2 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Shelf missing 9 Equip Major SA ON ON Shelf is planned, but no shelf detected. A shelf has been detected at least once since it was planned. Alarm type = EquipHolder (2); Index 1 = eqptHolderId (index in equipment holder table to identify a shelf), Index 2 = not used No defects 0 Door 15 Envir Minor NSA ON ON Open cabinet door. Applies only to the ARAM-D shelf. Fuse 17 Equip Critical NSA ON ON An indication has been detected that exactly one power feed is inoperative within a shelf. This can be due to no input power or a blown fuse. This alarm applies to the ARAM-B and ARAM-D shelves. Single fan 18 Equip Major NSA ON ON One or more of the shelfs fans has failed. This alarm applies to the ARAM-B and ARAM-D shelves. Double fan 19 Equip Critical SA ON ON Two or more fans in the shelf have failed, or the fan tray was removed. The shelf on which the failure occurred will automatically power down after a fixed delay. This applies only to ARAM-D shelves. The ARAM-D shelf can be a standalone, a host, or an expansion shelf. System ac power failure 20 Envir Critical SA ON ON The shelf will shut down in 15 min. This alarm is externally provided. Alarm type = PlugInUnit (3); Index1 = eqptSlotId (index in equipment Board Table), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Board-type mismatch 3 Equip Minor NSA ON ON Unit detected, but its actual unit type is either unknown or it differs from the planned unit type. This alarm applies to all unit types: NT, LSM, applique, and ACU units. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (3 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Waiting for software 4 Equip Major NSA ON ON This alarm is raised when the system cannot download all the applicable software files (supported by the active OSWP) towards the unit. The following situations can be distinguished: The extender/LSM unit belongs to a unit type that the active OSWP does not support. The detected LSM unit belongs to a unit type that the active OSWP supports. However, one or more of the applicable SW files are no longer available on the file disk of the NT unit. Temperature exceeded 8 Equip Major NSA ON ON The temperature threshold on the unit is exceeded. This alarm applies to NT and LSM units. Temperature shutdown 12 Equip Major SA ON ON The unit has powered off as a result of temperatures that are too high. This alarm applies only to LSMs unit. Defense 13 Equip Critical SA ON ON The plug-in unit is disconnected from the system as a means of defense. The reason for disconnecting depends on the plug-in unit type and the cause of the failure: LSM: disable or power down Board missing 14 Equip Major SA ON ON Unit is planned, no unit is detected, but a unit has been detected at least once since it was planned. This alarm applies to all unit types: NT, EDSE-A, SATU-A, LSM, applique, and ACU units. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (4 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller vii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Board installation missing 15 Equip Minor NSA ON ON Unit is planned, no unit is detected, and no unit has ever been detected since it was planned. This alarm applies to all unit types: NT, LSM, applique, and ACU units. Board initialization 16 Equip Major SA ON ON A unit initialization failure has been detected. This alarm applies only to LSM units. Board reset protection 17 Equip Major SA ON ON The number of unit reset within a certain timeframe exceeded the threshold. This alarm applies only to LSM units. Board reset or communication failure 30 Equip Major SA ON ON The LT unit has reset (alarm on followed by alarm off), or there is a communication failure (alarm on). Alarm type = ATM (8); Index1 = ifIndex (of ATM physical port), Index2 = see specific alarm number No defects 0 Connection (3) 1 Equip Major SA ON ON A planned VPI/VCI could not be marked as a result of hardware problems. Remark index2 = VPC Cell discard up (CDU) 2 QoS Minor SA OFF OFF ATM cell discarded in the upstream direction. Remark index2 = VPI/VCI Cell discard down (CDD) 3 QoS Minor SA OFF OFF ATM cell discarded in the downstream direction. Remark index2 = VPI/VCI ASAM MAC conflict 6 Com Minor SA OFF ON Duplicate MAC address from this PVC (the port with the latter coming MAC address caused the conflict). Remark index2 = VPI/VCI Detailed information, such as the conflicting MAC address and the port on which the MAC address was first learned, can be retrieved with the diagnostics tool. (2) Alarm type = CustomizableAlarm (10); Index1 = Rack_ID (position of the rack, range 0 to 5), Index2 = not used Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (5 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting viii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI No defects 0 Customizable alarm 1 1 Envir Indeter- minate NSA ON ON Customizable alarm 2 2 Envir Indeter- minate NSA ON ON Customizable alarm 3 3 Envir Indeter- minate NSA ON ON Customizable alarm 4 4 Envir Indeter- minate NSA ON ON Customizable alarm 5 5 Envir Indeter- minate NSA ON ON Alarm type = CustomizableAlarm (10); Index1 = eqptHolderID (shelf index in equipment holder table), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Alarm type = Redundancy (20); Index1 = not used, Index2 = not used No defects 0 Switchover capability lost 1 Equip Major NSA ON ON Switchover capability in a redundant system has been lost. Alarm type = EthItf (24); Index1 = ifIndex (of Ethernet port), Index2 = see specific alarm number No defects 0 Ethernet port IP address conflict (3) 1 Com Critical NSA ON ON There is an IP address conflict on the Ethernet port. Ethernet link down 2 Com Critical SA ON ON Ethernet down alarm. Index2 = not used. Alarm type = SwMgnt (29); Index1 = eqptSlotId (index in equipment Board Table for the NT), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Implicit software rollback 1 Proc Major SA ON ON The system cannot make the NotActive OSWP and linked database operational (although no error in the database is detected). The system performs an implicit rollback to the previous active OSWP (and linked database). Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (6 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller ix Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Implicit database rollback 2 Proc Major SA ON ON The system cannot make the selected OSWP and linked database operational (an error is detected in the linked database). The system comes up with the selected OSWP and the previous linked database (if possible). Autofetch failure (3) 3 Proc Minor SNA ON ON The system cannot fetch a specific file from the corresponding file server. The name of the file that caused the failure is sent together with the alarm. Alarm type = xDSL (38); Index1 = ifIndex (of xDSL physical port), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Near end LOS 1 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End Loss of Signal. Near end LOF 2 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End Loss of Frame. Near end LOM 3 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End Loss of Margin. Near end ESE 4 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End Excessive Server Errors. Activation failure - configuration error 5 Com Critical SA ON ON Line configuration data cannot be used. Activation failure - configuration not feasible 6 Com Major SA ON ON Line capacity not high enough to set up requested profile. Near end - bit rate threshold 7 Com Minor SA ON ON Upstream Planned Bit rate not reached after initialization. Near end - NCD 8 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End No Cell Delineation. Near end - LCD 9 Com Minor SA ON ON Near End Loss of Cell Delineation. Far end - LOS 10 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Signal. Far end - LOF 11 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Frame. Far end - LPR 12 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Power (dying gasp detected). Far end - LOL 13 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Link (no dying gasp detected). Far end - LOM 14 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Margin. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (7 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting x Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Far end - ESE 15 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Excessive Severe Errors. Activation failure - communication problem 16 Com Major SA ON ON No successful initialization as a result of communication problems. Activation failure - no peer modem detected 17 Com Minor SA ON ON No peer modem detected. Far end - bit rate threshold 18 Com Minor SA ON ON Downstream Planned bit rate not reached after initialization. Far end - NCD 19 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End No Cell Delineation. Far end - LCD 20 Com Minor SA ON ON Far End Loss of Cell Delineation. Alarm type = xDSLTca (39); Index1 = ifIndex (of xDSL physical port), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Near end - errored seconds 1 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of errored seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Near end - severely errored seconds 2 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of severely errored seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Near end - unavailable seconds 3 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of unavailable seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Near end - errored seconds in a day 4 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of errored seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Near end - severely errored seconds in a day 5 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of severely errored seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (8 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xi Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Near end - unavailable seconds in a day 6 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of unavailable seconds encountered by the ADSL line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - errored seconds 7 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of errored seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - severely errored seconds 8 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of severely errored seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - unavailable seconds 9 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of unavailable seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current 15-minute interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - errored seconds in a day 10 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of errored seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - severely errored seconds in a day 11 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of severely errored seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Far end - unavailable seconds in a day 12 QoS Minor NSA ON ON The number of unavailable seconds encountered by the ADSL far-end line in the current one-day interval has reached its threshold value. Alarm type = eoConversion (50); Index1 = 100BASE-FX port identification (1 to 4 for ISAM), Index2 = not used No defects 0 E/O conversion LOS 1 Equip Major SA ON ON E/O conversion module loss of signal. E/O conversion TX fault 2 Equip Major SA ON ON E/O conversion module transmission fault. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (9 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Alarm type = bonding (54); Index1 = IfIndex (of bonding group), Index2 = not used No defects 0 Bonding group upstream planned bit rate threshold 1 Com Minor SA ON ON Group upstream actual bit rate is above group upstream minimum bit rate but below group upstream planned bit rate. Bonding group upstream minimum bit rate threshold 2 Com Major SA ON ON Group upstream actual bit rate dropped below group upstream minimum bit rate. Bonding group upstream configuration not feasible 3 Com Major SA ON ON Group upstream actual bit rate is not high enough to set up the configured group upstream minimum bit rate. Bonding group downstream planned bit rate threshold 4 Com Minor SA ON ON Group downstream actual bit rate is above group downstream minimum bit rate but below group downstream planned bit rate. Bonding group downstream minimum bit rate threshold 5 Com Major SA ON ON Group downstream actual bit rate dropped below group downstream minimum bit rate. Bonding group downstream configuration not feasible 6 Com Major SA ON ON Group downstream actual bit rate is not high enough to set up the configured group downstream minimum bit rate. Alarm type = authentication (55); Index1 = ifIndex of interface on which authentication occurs (for example, the bridge port interface for 802.1x, the PPPoE interface for PPPoE), Index2 = not used No defects 0 VRF assignment failure 1 Proc Major SA ON ON Failure to assign a VRF for a user session: unknown VRF: VRF returned by RADIUS server is not locally configured in the system; or no VRF: RADIUS server did not return a VRF while no default VRF is locally configured for the domain. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (10 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xiii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI VLAN assignment failure 2 Proc Major SA ON ON Failure to assign a VLAN for a user session: unknown VLAN: VLAN returned by RADIUS server is not locally configured in the system; or no VLAN: RADIUS server did not return a VLAN while no default VRF is locally configured for the domain. IP address pool assignment failure 3 Proc Major SA ON ON Failure to assign an IP address pool: unknown pool-id: pool-id returned by the RADIUS server is not locally configured in the system; or no pool-id: no pool id is returned by the RADIUS server while no pool is assigned to the domain; or pool administratively locked: pool-id returned by the RADIUS server is administratively locked; or VRF of the pool is not consistent: this can occur in the following cases: RADIUS server returns a pool-id: VRF of the returned pool-id is different from the VRF of the configured domain RADIUS server returns pool-id and VRF: VRF of the returned pool-id is different from the returned VRF Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (11 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xiv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI QoS parameters assignment failure 4 Proc Major SA ON ON Failure to assign QoS parameters for a user session: unknown QoS profile: QoS profile returned by the RADIUS server is not locally configured in the system; or QoS parameters syntax error: QoS parameters returned by the RADIUS server contain a syntax error. IP address assignment failure 5 Proc Major SA ON ON Failure to assign IP address for a user session: IP address already in use: IP address returned by the RADIUS server is already allocated for another user; or no IP address available: no IP address available in the IP address pool of the domain or in the IP address pool returned by the RADIUS server. Missing attributes 6 Proc Major SA ON ON RADIUS server should always specify a pool-id when it returns a VRF. Alarm type = IpoX (68); Index1 = ifIndex of IpoX interface on which session takes place, Index2 = not used No defects 0 IP address preemption 1 Com Major SA ON ON A new IP session is established with a user IP address previously assigned to another IP session and the previous session has lower or equal precedence with the new one. The previous session is terminated and its IP address preempted. Alarm type = SFP (76); Index 1 = ifIndex of IPoX interface on which the session takes place, Index 2 = not used No defects 0 Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (12 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xv Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Host SFP LOS 1 Com Critical SA ON ON Host shelf downlink SFP loss of signal. Host SFP Tx fail 2 Com Critical SA ON ON Host shelf downlink SFP transmission failure. Host SFP missing 3 Com Critical SA ON ON Host shelf downlink SFP detected but later removed. Host SFP invalid Alcatel ID 4 Com Critical SA ON ON Host shelf downlink SFP does not have a valid Alcatel ID. Host SFP control fail 5 Com Critical SA ON ON Host shelf downlink SFP control failure. Alarm type = SFP (76); Index 1 = eqptSlotId of corresponding LSM in ES, Index 2 = not used No defects 0 ES SFP LOS 11 Com Critical SA ON ON Expansion Shelf SFP loss of signal. ES SFP TX fail 12 Com Critical SA ON ON Expansion Shelf SFP transmission failure ES SFP missing 13 Com Critical SA ON ON Expansion Shelf SFP detected but later removed ES SFP invalid Alcatel ID 14 Com Critical SA ON ON Expansion Shelf SFP does not have a valid Alcatel ID. ES SFP control fail 15 Com Critical SA ON ON Expansion Shelf SFP control failure. Alarm type = LLURelay (78); Index 1 = eqptSlotId (index in equipment board table), Index 2 = not used No defects 0 Wrong applique for LLU 1 Com Major SA ON ON LLU relay set for some ports but applique inserted in slot is not compatible with LLU relay Alarm type: LANX (51); Index1 = not used, Index2 = not used No defects 0 LANX fan failure 1 Eqp Major NSA ON ON The SHub fan is not functioning. LANX power fan failure 2 Eqp Major NSA ON ON The SHub fan in the power supply is not functioning. LANX database restore 3 Eqp Major SA ON ON The SHub database restore has failed. Emergency reboot 4 Eqp Major NSA ON ON The SHub has rebooted from the emergency boot package. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (13 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xvi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI LANX SNTP communication lost 5 Eqp Major NSA ON ON The SNTP server does not respond to the requested messages from the SHub. No ARP reply received for next IP HOP 6 Com Major SA ON ON An ARP request has been sent for a statistically configured next hop, but no ARP reply has been received in the specified time interval. Index1 = VRF ID Index2 = IP address of next hop Alarm type = ethLanx (52); Index1 = port identification of LANX Ethernet port, Index2 = see specific alarm number No defects 0 LANX Ethernet link down 1 Com Critical SA ON ON Ethernet link down alarm. Index 2 not used. Ethernet Frame discarded (3) 2 QoS Minor SA ON ON The Ethernet frame has been discarded due to buffer overflow. Index2 = not used LANX MAC conflict 3 Com Minor SA ON ON Duplicate MAC address from Ethernet port of LAN switch. Index 1 = port with the latter coming MAC address that causes conflict. Index 2 = VLAN ID of domain on which the conflict happened. LANX MAC learning (3) 4 Com Minor SA ON ON The MAC address cannot be learned, because it is learned on a high-priority Ethernet port of the LAN switch. Index1 = the port with the lower priority Index2 = VLAN ID: the VLAN domain on which the conflict occurred Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (14 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xvii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Alarm type = OSPF (69); Index 1 = VRF-ID (VRF unique ID), Index 2 = see specific alarm number No defects 0 OSPF interface configuration error 1 Com Minor NSA ON ON Received a packet with: OSPF version mismatch area mismatch (area ID or subnet ID not matching) netmask mismatch hello interval mismatch dead interval mismatch options mismatch Index2 = interface index OSPF interface authentication error 2 Com Minor NSA ON ON Received a packet with authentication type mismatch authentication failure Index2 = interface index OSPF interface received bad packet 3 Com Critical SA ON ON Received a packet that cannot be parsed. Index2 = interface index OSPF LSDB approaching overflow 4 Com Major NSA ON ON The external LSA database has reached 90% of the external LSA limit. Index2 = LSDB limit (percentage utilized) OSPF LSDB overflow 5 Com Major NSA ON ON The external LSA count has reached the external LSA overflow limit. Index2 = LSDB limit (percentage used) OSPF neighbor state change 6 Com Minor SA ON ON An OSPF neighborship is newly established or dismantled. Index2 = interface index (interface on which the neighbor was learned) Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (15 of 16) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xviii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Notes (1) The alarm names are listed exactly as they appear in the CLI. (2) See the Duplicate Mac Alarm Status command in the CLI Commands document for more information. (3) This alarm is not currently supported in the system. Table 100-2: Troubleshooting alarms OSPF interface state change 7 Com Minor SA ON ON The OSPF interface status has changed (the DR or BDR may have been changed according to this OSPF interface. Index2 = interface index (interface on which the neighbor was learned) Alarm type = RIP (70); Index1 = VRF ID (VRF unique ID), Index2 = interface index No defects 0 RIP interface configuration error 1 Com Minor SA ON ON Received a packet with: RIP version mismatch netmask mismatch RIP interface authentication error 2 Com Minor SA ON ON Received a packet with authentication type mismatch authentication failure RIP interface received bad packet 3 Com Minor SA ON ON Received a packet that cannot be parsed. Alarm type = LANXuplinkgroup (75); Index1 = uplink group number, Index2 = not used LANX uplink group down 7 Com Major SA ON ON The SHub uplink group is down. Alarm (1) No. Class Severity Service- affecting Report mode Logging mode Description (16 of 16) Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair Alarm type = Equip (1) Persistent data loss 1 Reconfigure system. SNTP communication lost 2 Check SNTP server. NT disk 90% full 4 Clean up disk space. System clock not using preferred timing mode 5 Check all timing references that correspond to the preferred timing mode for the peer equipment and the link between the peer equipment and the system. (1 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xix Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI System clock in holdover or free-run mode 6 Check all timing references for the peer equipment and the link between the peer equipment and the system. LANX loss of contact 8 Check the external LAN switch. Alarm type = EquipHolder (2) Rack power 1 Check power supplies. Rack fan 1 2 Check the fan. Rack fan 2 3 Check the fan. Shelf-type mismatch 7 Check equipment. Check configuration. Extension chain installation 8 Check cabling of the extension cable. Shelf missing 9 Check presence of GENC on host shelf. Check cabling to ES. Check presence of EDSE on ES. Check presence of LT on ES. Check presence of PWIO-B on ES. Check fan on ES. Check power cable on ES. Alarm type = EquipHolder (2) Door 15 Close the door. Fuse 17 Check fuse. Check power feed. Single fan 18 Check fan tray (the LED of the faulty fans tray is lit red). Double fan 19 Check fan tray of shelf that raised the alarm. The shelf will power off within 3 min. of the alarm. System ac power failure 20 Check power installation. Alarm type = PlugInUnit (3) Board-type mismatch 3 Check configuration. Waiting for software 4 Check configuration. Download software. Temperature exceeded 8 Check fans and restarts unit. Temperature shutdown 12 Check ambient temperature. Check operation of fans. Check unit. Defense 13 Replace unit. Board missing 14 Check unit presence. Board installation missing 15 Insert unit. Board initialization 16 Force a cold reset of unit, and if this fails again, repair unit. Board reset protection 17 Force a cold reset of unit, and if this fails again, repair unit. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (2 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xx Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Board Reset or Communication Failure 30 Check cabling if alarm is persistent. If alarm toggles frequently, the board will go in Board Reset Protection mode (alarm 3, 17) and power down. Alarm type = ATM (8) Connection (2) 1 Cell discard up (CDU) 2 No local repair action. Sender must lower shaping rate. Cell discard down (CDD) 3 No local repair action. Sender must lower shaping rate. ASAM MAC conflict 6 Use the diagnostic tool to find the detailed information. (3) Alarm type = CustomizableAlarm (10) Customizable alarm 1 1 Customizable alarm 2 2 Customizable alarm 3 3 Customizable alarm 4 4 Customizable alarm 5 5 Alarmtype = Redundancy (20) Switchover capability lost 1 Check link on standby NT. Check standby boards. Wait for Quench timeout. Alarm type = Ethltf(24) Ethernet port IP address conflict (2) 1 Ethernet link down 2 Check the Ethernet link. Alarm type = SwMgnt (29) Implicit software rollback 1 Remove the corrupted OSWP (ABORT operation). Download the desired OSWP again. Activate the downloaded OSWP. Implicit database rollback 2 Download the desired database again. Autofetch failure (2) 3 Alarm type = xDSL (38) Near end LOS 1 Check the physical line. Near end LOF 2 Check modem equipment. Near end LOM 3 Check the physical line (new distributors). Near end ESE 4 Check the physical communication medium. Activation failure - configuration error 5 Update the profile parameters. Ensure that the pilot tones are not marked. If Glite is used, ensure that the bit rates fit within the standard. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (3 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xxi Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Activate failure - configuration not feasible 6 Check configuration data. Check physical line (length and noise). Near end - bit rate threshold 7 Lower planned upstream bit rate. Near end - NCD 8 Check the quality of the line. Near end - LCD 9 Check the quality of the line Far end - LOS 10 Check the physical line. Far end - LOF 11 Check modem equipment. Far end - LPR 12 There is no repair required because this is the normal power-down of CPE. Far end - LOL 13 Check the physical line. Far end - LOM 14 Check the physical line (new distributors). Far end - ESE 15 Check the physical line. Activation failure - communication problem 16 Check the peer modem type. Check the physical line. Activation failure - no peer modem detected 17 Wait until the modem is connected. Check the physical line. Far end - bit rate threshold 18 Lower the planned downstream bit rate. Far end - NCD 19 Check the quality of the line. Far end - LCD 20 Check the quality of the line. Alarm type = xDSLTca (39) Near end - errored seconds 1 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Near end - severely errored seconds 2 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Near end - unavailable seconds 3 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Near end - errored seconds in a day 4 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Near end - severely errored seconds in a day 5 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Near end - unavailable seconds in a day 6 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Far end - errored seconds 7 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Far end - severely errored seconds 8 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Far end - unavailable seconds 9 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Far end - errored seconds in a day 10 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (4 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xxii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Far end - severely errored seconds in a day 11 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Far end - unavailable seconds in a day 12 Check the physical line. Check the modem equipment. Alarm type = eoConversion (50) E/O conversion LOS 1 Check the E/O conversion module. Check the optic link. E/O conversion TX fault 2 Check the E/O conversion module. Alarm type = bonding (54) Bonding group upstream planned bit rate threshold 1 Lower group upstream planned bit rate. Bonding group upstream minimum bit rate threshold 2 Check physical line. Check line state. Bonding group upstream configuration not feasible 3 Check configuration data. Check physical line. Bonding group downstream planned bit rate threshold 4 Lower group downstream planned bit rate. Bonding group downstream minimum bit rate threshold 5 Check physical line. Check line state. Bonding group downstream configuration not feasible 6 Check configuration data. Check physical line. Alarm type = authentication (55) VRF assignment failure 1 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. VLAN assignment failure 2 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. IP address pool assignment failure 3 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. QoS parameters assignment failure 4 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. IP address assignment failure 5 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. Missing attributes 6 Check the system configuration. Check the RADIUS server configuration. Alarm type = IpoX (68) IP address preemption 1 Check IP address pool on DHCP server. Check local IP address pool. Alarm type = SFP (76) Host SFP LOS 1 Check the physical line. Host SFP Tx fail 2 Check the host shelf SFP module. Host SFP missing 3 Check the host shelf SFP presence. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (5 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xxiii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Host SFP invalid Alcatel ID 4 Check the host shelf SFP module ID. Host SFP control fail 5 Check the host shelf SFP module or I2C bus. If control of all host shelf SFPs fails, check the GENC-E. ES SFP LOS 11 Check the physical line. ES SFP Tx fail 12 Check the Expansion Shelf SFP module. ES SFP missing 13 Check the Expansion Shelf SFP presence. ES SFP invalid Alcatel ID 14 Check the Expansion Shelf SFP module ID. ES SFP control fail 15 Check the Expansion Shelf SFP module or I2C bus. Alarm type = LLURelay (78) Wrong applique for LLU 1 Replace the applique by an applique compatible with the LLU relay. Alarm type = LANX (51) LANX fan failure 1 Check the SHub fan module. LANX power fan failure 2 Check the fan module in the SHub (redundant) power supply. LANX database restore 3 Check local flash. Check remote file system. Check availability of MIB database. Emergency reboot 4 Check local flash. Check remote file system. Check availability of software package. LANX SNTP communication lost 5 Check SNTP server. No ARP reply received for next IP HOP 6 Check existence of configured Nexthop. Check connection with configured Nexthop. Alarm type = ethLANX (52) LANX Ethernet link down 1 Check the Ethernet link. Ethernet frame discarded (2) 2 LANX MAC conflict 3 No special repair action required. The conflict MAC address can be manually prohibited or permitted if needed. LANX MAC learning (2) 4 Alarm type = OSPF (69) OSPF interface configuration error 1 Check the configuration of the OSPF and OSPF interface. Check the configuration on the IP interface. Check the OSPF hello packets received on the OSPF interface. OSPF interface authentication error 2 Check the authentication type and password configured on the OSPF area and the OSPF interface. Check the authentication time range. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (6 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xxiv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI OSPF interface received bad packet 3 Check the connection between the RIP interface and the cable. OSPF LSDB approaching overflow 4 Dont input external routes anymore, except for major external network routes. Configure the OSPF area as a stub area if possible. OSPF LSDB overflow 5 Remove some external routes in the OSPF domain. Configure the OSPF area as a stub area if possible. Only input major external network routes. OSPF neighbor state change 6 Check the OSPF neighbor table. If the neighbor is established correctly, the situation is normal. If the neighbor is down unexpectedly, check the OSPF process status or the interface-related parameters. OSPF interface state change 7 No special repair action required. Check and modify the OSPF interface parameters if desired to change the OSPF interface status. Alarm type = RIP (70) RIP interface configuration error 1 Check the configuration of the RIP send and receive version. Check the configuration of the IP interface. Check the RIP request and update packets received on the interface. RIP interface authentication failure 2 Check the authentication type and password configuration of the RIP interface. Check the authentication time range. RIP interface received bad packet 3 Check the connection between the RIP interface and the cable. Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (7 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller xxv Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Notes (1) The alarm names are listed exactly as they appear in the CLI. (2) This alarm is not currently supported in the system. (3) See the Duplicate Mac Alarm Status command in the CLI Commands document for more information. 4 STOP. This procedure is complete. Alarm type = LANXuplinkgroup (75) LANX uplink group down 7 Alarm (1) No. Advice for repair (8 of 8) Task 100 Fault isolation and troubleshooting xxvi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Training (TNG) TNG 100 Service Installation TNG 101 QoS Configuration TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration TNG 103 VBAS TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration TNG 105 Overall Software Packages
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 100 Service Installation Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 100 Service Installation General Information This training document provides information on: Forwarding Modes Dynamic MAC Learning and Static Unicast MAC Addresses MAC Learning Rules MAC Learning on SHub and LT shelf (LIMs) MAC Learning and Unicast Configuration SHub MAC Filters. TNG 100 Service Installation ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Forwarding Modes The system has the following forwarding modes: Intelligent bridging VLAN (iBridge VLAN): In this mode, several User Logical Ports (ULPs) can be associated with a single VLAN. The following applies (see Figure 10000-1): 1 VLAN per Litespan 1 IP subnet per Litespan Complex IP address space management, complexity reinforced by static IP subnet provisioning Cross-connect VLAN: In this mode, only one ULP can be associated with a VLAN. In this VLAN, MAC learning is disabled. There are several VLAN cross-connect models supported: Basic VLAN cross-connect: C-VLAN cross-connect VLAN stacking for business users: S-VLAN cross-connect VLAN stacking for residential users: S-VLAN / C-VLAN cross-connect QoS aware VLAN cross-connect: VLAN + p-bits cross-connect Layer 2 termination: In this mode, you can configure the system to use Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE). PPPoAoE Relay IPoA/IPoE Forwarding: In this mode, the NE can be seen as an IP Aware Bridge without being as an IP next-hop. Users connected to the NE are seen as being directly attached to the edge router IP interfaces. The following applies (see Figure 10000-2): 1 VLAN for all Litespan 1 IP subnet for all Litespan One single IP pool : IP addresses distributed at random over the whole access network IPoA/IPoE Routing: In this mode, the NE is seen as an IP next-hop on the IP path towards the users. A single Virtual Router (VR) can be configured in this mode, which can co-exist in the same system with a number of VRs that are configured in IP Aware Bridge mode. The following applies (see Figure 10000-3): 1 VLAN for all Litespan 1 IP subnet per Litespan Complex IP address space management but some automation possible through routing protocols TNG 100 Service Installation Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Figure 10000-1: Intelligent Briging Figure 10000-2: IP Routing Figure 10000-3: IP Forwarding TNG 100 Service Installation iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Deleting a VLAN on the LT shelf is impossible unless all egress ports have been removed from the VLAN. There is no such restriction for the SHub. Dynamic MAC Learning and Static Unicast MAC Addresses The system provides standard Layer 2 MAC learning functionality. MAC address learning and configuring is done independently on the SHub and LT shelf (LIM), as is MAC aging. The system also supports static unicast MAC addresses on user logical ports, network (trunk) ports, cascade (trunk) ports, and user Ethernet ports. MAC learning and configuring are governed by secure MAC learning rules. MAC Learning Rules Different port types have different priorities for learning. The order of priority for learning (lowest to highest) is: ASAM/USER/SUBTENDING - NETWORK - CONTROL This means that learning an address on a control port takes higher priority than any other port. Similarly, NETWORK ports have a higher precedence than ASAM, USER, and SUBTENDING ports. ASAM, USER, and SUBTENDING ports have the same priority. Example: 1 MAC 'X' is learned on ASAM port. If packets with the same MAC address appear later on the control port, then MAC 'X' is learned on the control port and the same entry is removed from the ASAM port. 2 MAC 'X' is learned on ASAM port 1. If packets with same MAC address appear on the USER port, then if MAC movement is enabled for the VLAN, the MAC address is learned on the USER port. Otherwise, a duplicate alarm is raised and that particular stream is discarded on the USER port. A duplicate MAC alarm is raised whenever there is a MAC conflict between same-priority ports, except when the two ports in question are network ports. This is because MAC movement is by default enabled on network ports. Also, a duplicate MAC alarm is raised when a lower-priority port tries to learn a MAC address in case a MAC address has already been learned on any higher priority port. When the duplicate alarm is raised, traffic with the same MAC address is blocked on the second port. The alarm is cleared when the MAC address ages out on the first port. Duplicate MAC alarms will not be raised when MAC movement is enabled. The MAC address will always be learned on the port where the packet arrives. If a dynamic MAC entry already exists on an other port, it is removed before learning the new MAC address on that port. MAC Learning on SHub and LT shelf (LIMs) There are some differences as well as some similarities between MAC learning on the SHub and MAC learning on a LIM in the LT shelf. Table 10000-1 compares the SHub with the LT shelf. TNG 100 Service Installation Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Table 10000-1: MAC learning: SHub versus LT shelf MAC Learning and Unicast Configuration Static MAC addresses can be configured per VLAN on both the Shub and LIMs. The egress port for a particular MAC address is specified by these static MAC entries. Unlike dynamically learned MAC entries, static addresses can be configured to be permanent. When configuring a static unicast MAC address for a port, the system removes the old entry if the MAC address has been learned as a dynamic one in any port within the same VLAN. The system then either accepts or rejects this configuration. It rejects the configuration if the MAC address has been configured as a static one on another port within the same VLAN or the port is not in a valid VLAN. If the number of MAC addresses learned or configured has reached the limit, then one dynamic entry is removed from the database when configuring a new static entry. A duplicate MAC alarm is raised when a packet with the same MAC address as a statically configured one on another port is encountered. The static entry is retained while the dynamic entry is discarded. SHub MAC Filters The system supports global MAC filters. These filters are supported in the SHub. There are no filters supported per user logical port. The system provides facilities to configure MAC address filtering based on destination MAC address, source MAC address, or both source MAC address and destination MAC address. The filter action is either Drop or Allow on packet match. SHub LT shelf (LIM) MAC learning cannot be disabled MAC address learning can be disabled or enabled on an ASAM LIM. MAC address learning is disabled on a LIM in CC-VLAN mode. Maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on SHub is 16384. Once the maximum limit is reached new addresses are not learned and the packets are discarded. Maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on a LIM is 1024. Secure MAC learning rules are applicable to different port types NA Static MAC address can be configured. There is a limit of 25 static MAC entries. Static MAC address can be configured Default aging time: 300 s Default aging time: 300 s Aging time range: 10 to 1000000 s Aging time range: 10 to 1096 s TNG 100 Service Installation vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 101 QoS Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 101 QoS Configuration General Description Rather than just delivering best-effort high-speed Internet services, todays xDSL access networks are evolving to multi-service access networks that must be capable of supporting a whole range of services: conversational services (VoIP, Video telephony) video services (VoD, Broadcast TV) transparent LAN services for business customers data services for business customers data services for residential customers. Clearly, these services must be delivered with the appropriate level of Quality of Service (QoS). In case of xDSL access networks with Ethernet aggregation, there are a number of network elements, for example, BRAS, IP edge routers, Litespan, or CPE, that must each give the correct priority treatment to the various application flows. This is achieved by classifying these application flows at ingress of the network into a limited set of aggregate flows that are characterized by certain QoS markings. The different network elements will then provide per QoS class queuing and scheduling for these aggregate flows. Below, a concise overview is given of the role played by the Litespan in end-to-end QoS. Upstream QoS From a high-level point of view, packets may be subject to the following traffic engineering steps while traversing the Litespan in the upstream direction. On the subscriber interfaces at ingress, the following applies: A number of P-bit marking possibilities exist: No P-bit marking. This implies that QoS markings received from the end-user are accepted as they arrive. This possibility is useful in case of trusted end-user devices (for example, in a business context). The enforcement of a p-bit marking contract. In this case, QoS markings received from the end-user are taken into account, but they are subject to a contract that specifies what p-bit markings are allowed and what QoS markings need to be re-marked. Default p-bit markings. In this case all packets on the interface will be remarked to the configured value. Ingress policing: End-users are subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they can send towards the network. To enforce these contracts, policers will be installed. A policer may apply to an entire subscriber interface or to QoS sub-flows within the subscriber interface. In this context, a QoS sub-flow (or sub-class) is defined as all the packets flowing through the interface that are bound by a sub-contract and desire a specific common treatment. In general, policing can be color-aware (i.e. incoming color is taken into account) or color-blind. Out-of-profile traffic can be subject to packet drop, but also to color remarking. TNG 101 QoS Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI After traffic engineering on the ingress interfaces of the LIMs, packets will be forwarded in the context of a Virtual bridge, VR or VLAN X-connection. Finally, packets will be subject to per QoS class queuing and scheduling at the egress interfaces of the LAN-X. Downstream QoS In the downstream direction, frames arrive in the Litespan with p-bits that are properly marked by service-aware edge devices (BRAS, edge-router, application gateway). No traffic engineering will be done at ingress on the network interfaces. The idea here is that ingress policing and ACLs at the Service Provider level have already been applied in a (Access Provider-owned) box deeper in the network. After the forwarding decision, the following traffic engineering steps can be performed on the subscriber interfaces at egress: Egress policing: End-users are subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they can receive on their xDSL connection. To enforce these contracts, policers will be installed. A policer may apply to an entire subscriber interface or to a QoS sub-flow (i.e. priority flow) within the subscriber interface. Classification of traffic into QoS classes based on p-bit markings. Per QoS class queuing and scheduling: In the downstream direction separate QoS queues are provided per xDSL line. Buffer acceptance control can be done in a color-ware fashion (WRED). QoS Profiles The NE uses QoS profiles to perform ingress and egress traffic policing, class queuing and scheduling. You can create QoS profiles which you then assign to xDSL lines to affect contractual rights and services on those subscriber lines. Table 10100-1 describes the six types of QoS profiles. Table 10100-1: QoS Profiles QoS Profiles Profile Description CAC profile Use the CAC profile for multicast video admission control of an xDSL interface in the downstream direction. Marker profile Use the marker profile to assign a dot-1p bit value within the 802.1x application to all frames on an xDSL interface. Policer profile Use a policer profile to enforce committed information rates and committed burst size limits in 8 kb/s increments up to a maximum of 64 Mb/s. You need two policer profiles, one for upstream and another for downstream, to associate with a session profile. Queue profile Use the queue profile for buffer acceptance control of frames arriving at the buffer on the LT card from the services side of the network. RED and tail drop queues types are supported. Scheduler profile Use the scheduler profile to change the traffic priority of the controlled-load queue and the BE queue downstream by adjusting the default weight assigned to the controlled-load queue, which is 66%, in the WFQ. TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration General Description IP multicasting is the transmission of an IP datagram to a host group. A host group is a set of one or more hosts identified by a single destination IP address. IP hosts report their multicast group memberships to any neighboring multicast routers using the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP). IGMP is an integral part of IP and must be implemented for all hosts wanting to receive IP multicasts. IGMP messages are encapsulated in IP datagrams, with an IP protocol of 2. Figure 10200-1 shows a typical IGMP configuration of a subscriber connected to the system watching a movie sent from the remote server connected on the network. Figure 10200-1: Typical IGMP Configuration IGMP Message Types There are three types of IGMP messages related to the host-router interaction: membership query (MQ): general query, used to learn group members group-specific query, used to learn if a particular group has any members version 2 membership report leave group message TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI IGMP Parameter Tables IGMP is managed using a set of parameters arranged in various tables: IGMP channel table multicast source table IGMP module table IGMP package to multicast source table IGMP system parameters IGMP Channel Table The IGMP channel table consists of multicast capacity parameters as well as statistics and counters related to IGMP that are multicast per bridge. You can configure the characteristics of an IGMP channel by specifying a unique index, a VCI, and a VPI for each channel, as well as the following parameters: port index: Ranges from 1/1/3/1 to 1/1/16/48 VCI: Ranges from 0 to 4095 VPI: Ranges from 32 to 65535 Multicast source table This table determines the characteristics of the multicast groups, which should be multicast in cross-VLAN mode. The table contains a maximum of 1024 multicast source entries. IGMP module table This table determines the distribution of statistic information maintained by the IGMP proxy. IGMP Package to Multicast Source Table The IGMP package to multicast source table is intended primarily for use by a Element Management System (EMS) (for example, the 5526 AMS). It allows the EMS to support multiple sets of packages in different regions. A package is a group of one or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. By grouping the source channels in one or more packages, a service provider is able to support and deliver services at various levels to the end users. The IGMP package to multicast source table shows the following parameters for a package: The multicast group address The multicast group source address TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI IGMP System Parameters These parameters are used to maintain active memberships of connected multicast channels and to process IGMP join, leave, and query messages. It is highly recommended that all default values be left as is. However, should there be a need to change the IGMP parameters, make sure to set all dependencies first. Failing to do this may lead to rejection of a set, since some of the valid ranges are dependent on other objects. IGMP Snooping Configuration on the SHub You can configure IGMP Snooping, Virtual LAN router port related parameters and the Virtual LAN filter for the IGMP Snooping for a particular VLAN. TNG 102 IGMP and Multicast Configuration iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Viewing the IGMP Related Parameters Table 10200-1 describes the commands available that allow you to view the IGMP related parameters. Table 10200-1: Parameter display commands Multicast Configuration Guidelines When configuring multicast, the sequence of configuration actions is very important. When you are adding a multicast stream to the multicast source table, you need to configure the VLAN ID on which this stream can be received. You need to create and configure this VLAN ID prior to creating the multicast source table entry. Failing to do this may cause difficulty in joining the multicast group. Command Description show igmp system Show all the IGMP system-related parameters show igmp channel counter (port) Show the IGMP channel counter details show igmp channel miscellaneous (port) Show the IGMP channel source details show igmp package-to-src (package-id) Show the IGMP package to multicast source parameters. show igmp module-mcast-src (slot) mcast-addr <MulticastAddress> Show the distribution of statistic information maintained by IGMP channels. show igmp module counter (slot-index) Show the IGMP Module counters show igmp module time (slot-index) Show the time-related parameters of the IGMP module. show igmp module miscellaneous (slot-index) Show miscellaneous parameters of the IGMP module show igmp shub vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort> Show the status of the IGMP VLAN router ports. TNG 103 VBAS Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 103 VBAS General Description The Virtual Broadband Access Server (VBAS) protocol is used between the Broadband Access Server (BAS) and the system to get detailed information on the subscribers physical address. The VBAS protocol has two phases. After completing these phases, the BAS can get the physical address of any new subscriber. The two phases are: VBAS Query VBAS sends a VBAS Query Packet to the system to gather physical-port information corresponding to the MAC address of the new subscriber. VBAS Response Upon receiving the request packet, the system sends a VBAS Response Packet to the BAS. This packet includes the physical-port information of the new subscriber. All VBAS packets carry a destination. If the packet is not destined for a specific system, it will forward the packet to all subtending systems until it has reached its intended destination. In normal operation, the network port towards the BAS is tagged. This means that the network port is able to process and respond to tagged VBAS frames. If untagged packets are to be handled, then the network port is explicitly set as untagged. Also a PVID is configured for the port. When the system receives a VBAS query, user information is retrieved from the VLAN configured as PVID. VBAS Configuration No specific VBAS configuration as such is necessary on this system. However, as an Operator, you need to make sure that the network port is configured in order to properly communicate with the BAS. There are two modes in which the network port can operate: tagged or untagged. VBAS Configuration in Tagged Mode If the network port is set up as a tagged port, it should be a part of all related VLANs. The port will handle all tagged VBAS packets. VBAS Configuration in Untagged Mode If untagged VBAS frames are to be handled by the system, the network port must be untagged and a PVID must be configured. Example A user with MAC address 00-B0-D0-BC-D5-D3 is connected to slot 7, port 23 on LIM1. LIM1 is connected to ASAM port 1. The VLAN configured for the user is VLAN 100 on both LIM and SHub. TNG 103 VBAS ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI When the VBAS request arrives from the server on the SHub, the MAC address of the user is retrieved in VLAN 100. Since the user MAC address is learned in VLAN 100, the request is forwarded to LIM1. LIM1 replies with VBAS response containing user information such as the slot and port number. The SHub forwards the VBAS response to the server. The process is shown in Figure 10300-1. Figure 10300-1: VBAS Example TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration General Description The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) provides a framework for passing configuration information to hosts on a TCP/IP network. DHCP is based on the Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP), adding the capability of automatic allocation of reusable network addresses and additional configuration options. DHCP consists of two components: a protocol for delivering host-specific configuration parameters from a DHCP server to a host and a mechanism for allocation of network addresses to hosts. DHCP is built on a client-server model, where designated DHCP server hosts allocate network addresses and deliver configuration parameters to dynamically configured hosts. Figure 10400-1 shows a typical DHCP configuration. Figure 10400-1: Typical DHCP Configuration IP Address Allocation Mechanisms DHCP supports three mechanisms for IP address allocation: automatic allocation DHCP assigns a permanent IP address to a client. dynamic allocation DHCP assigns an IP address to a client for a limited period of time (or until the client explicitly relinquishes the address). manual allocation A client's IP address is assigned by the network administrator, and DHCP is used simply to convey the assigned address to the client. A particular network will use one or more of these mechanisms, depending on the policies of the network administrator. TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI DHCP Option 82 An option called Option 82 is inserted by the DHCP relay agent running on the system when forwarding client-originated DHCP packets to a DHCP server. Servers recognizing Option 82 may use the information to implement an IP address or other parameter assignment policies. The DHCP server echoes the option back to the relay agent in server-to-client replies. The system strips the option before forwarding the reply to the client. Option 82 is organized as a single DHCP option that contains one or more suboptions that convey information known by the relay agent. DHCP Relay Parameters Table 10400-1 describes the parameters used to configure DCHP. Table 10400-1: DHCP parameter descriptions Conditions and Restrictions Note the following conditions and restrictions. Before you can enable the DHCP relay agent, you need to configure the DHCP servers on a VRF IP interface. The DHCP relay agent can only be configured on one VRF IP interface. A maximum of four DHCP servers can be configured on a VRF. The DHCP servers configured on a VRF IP interface must be part of the set of DHCP servers configured on the VRF. Viewing the DHCP Configuration There are several commands available that allow you to view the DHCP configuration. Table 10400-2 describes each command. Parameter Description Relaying When enabled, the relay agent is active Server When enabled, the relay agent forwards the packets to a specific DHCP server Server IP Address of the DHCP server to which the packets are to be forwarded secs-threshold/hops-threshold Thresholds for Option 82 TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Table 10400-2: Configuration display commands See the CLI Commands and Messages document for more information on these commands. Command Description show dhcp-relay Show the DHCP relay parameters show dhcp-relay option Shows various parameters related to the number of DHCP packets show dhcp-relay if-conf (if-main-index) Shows the DHCP relay interface configuration show dhcp-relay server (server-ip-addr) server-vrf-id <SignedInteger> Shows the DHCP relay server configuration show dhcp-relay if-server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> Displays the DHCP relay server table TNG 104 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 105 Overall Software Packages Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI TNG 105 Overall Software Packages Introduction This training document gives more information about: Downloading a new OSWP. Aborting an OSWP. Activating a non-active OSWP. Committing an OSWP. Download a New OSWP The following prerequisites must be fulfilled before a new OSWP can be downloaded: The system must have only one Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The management channel between the system and the manager has been established. The system is not involved in another OSWP download process. The manager requests the system to download a new OSWP. He specifies: The pathname of the overall descriptor files The TFTP-servers where the overall descriptor files can be found. The set of overall descriptor files he wants to have available on the system before activating the new OSWP. The system downloads the overall descriptor files and stores it persistently. The system downloads the software files that are specified in the downloaded overall descriptor files on condition that sufficient resources are available for their persistent storage. The manager has the possibility to monitor the progress of the download process with granularity. The download of the process can be implicitly or explicitly interrupted: The implicit interruption can occur due to the following: the unavailability of sufficient resources to store SWP files. the system is not able to download or interpret the overall descriptor file. the system is not able to download a selected SWP descriptor file. The explicit interruption can occur when the manager requests the system to abort the ongoing download process. In case there are no exceptions, finally the system will have two OSWPs: the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. the new downloaded OSWP. The status of the new OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted. TNG 105 Overall Software Packages ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Abort an OSWP The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has 2 OSWPs. The status of the first OSWP is Enabled/Active/Committed while the second one will be in one of the following three states: Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted. The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any other SW download process. The manager requests the system to remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files and databases not related to the the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The status of the OSWP to be removed will be Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete remove operation. After the abort is successful the system will have only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP will be Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system. Activate a Non-active OSWP To activate a not-active OSWP, the system must have two OSWPs: The first OSWP has the status Enabled/Active, while the second OSWP has the status Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in another SW download process. The manager requests the system to activate the Enabled/NotActive OSWP: 1 The system selects the database that is compatible with and linked to the Enabled/NotActive OSWP among the available databases. 2 The system starts the activation procedure of the NotActive OSWP. 3 When the activation of the NotActive OSWP is successful, the system has two OSWPs. The previously NotActive OSWP is now active together with the selected compatible database. The previously Active OSWP is still available but its status is now Enabled/NotActive. Commit an OSWP To commit an OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The first OSWP has the status Enabled/Active/Uncommitted, while the status of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/Committed. TNG 105 Overall Software Packages Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI The manager requests the system to commit the active OSWP: 1 The system removes all the persistent stored files and databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. Note: The status of the OSWP to be committed will be Enabled/Active/Committing during the entire commit operation. 2 After commit is successful, the system will have only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP is Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system. TNG 105 Overall Software Packages iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Index Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Index Numbers 802.1x configuring, DLP145-1 disabling, DLP145-1 802.1x parameters configuring, DLP145-1 A alarm delta logs configuring, DLP110-3 alarm entries configuring, DLP110-3, DLP110-3 alarm snapshot table configuring, DLP110-2 viewing, DLP155-1 alarm table entries configuring, DLP110-2 alarms creating snapshots, DLP154-1 fault isolation, TAP104-1 managing, DLP110-1 monitoring, DLP155-1 troubleshooting, TAP104-1 viewing snapshots, DLP154-1 applique configuring, DLP114-2 ARP table entry configuring, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 C CC-VLAN, TNG100-2 channel source configuring, DLP137-1 CLI session setting up, DLP100-1 current alarm table viewing, DLP155-1 D ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI D DHCP, TNG104-2 DHCP relay agent conditions, TNG104-3 configuring, DLP139-2, DLP140-2, DLP141-1 general description, TNG104-1 parameters, TNG104-2 restrictions, TNG104-3 viewing, TNG104-3 E EDSE-A expansion links, TNG106-3 equipment configuring, DLP113-1, DLP114-1 configuring and modifying, NTP103-2, NTP117-1 planning, DLP111-1 repairing, NTP114-1, NTP115-1, NTP116-1, NTP118-1, TAP101-1, TAP102-1 replanning, DLP111-1 restarting, DLP153-1 shutting down, DLP153-1 unplanning, DLP111-1 ES CLI commands, TNG106-1 expansion link connections, TNG106-3 identifying, TNG106-1 MAC address, TNG106-1, TNG106-3 events fault isolation, TAP104-1 troubleshooting, TAP104-1 expansion links EDSE-A, TNG106-3 GENC-E, TNG106-3 F fault isolation alarms, TAP104-1 events, TAP104-1 forwarding modes CC-VLAN, TNG100-2 layer 2 termination, TNG100-2 RB-VLAN, TNG100-2 G GENC-E E password I Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller iii Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI expansion links, TNG106-3 I IGMP configuring, DLP137-1 parameters, TNG102-2 viewing configuration, TNG102-4 IGS system parameters configuring, DLP137-2 IP address allocation, TNG104-2 IP multicast configuration guidelines, TNG102-4 IP paramters configuring, DLP121-1, DLP122-1, DLP123-1, DLP124-1, DLP125-1, DLP126-1, DLP127-1, DLP128-1, DLP171-1, DLP174-1 IP route parameters configuring, DLP162-1 L layer 2 termination, TNG100-2 link aggregation configuring, DLP105-2 LT shelf backing up, DLP157-1, RTP100-2 M MAC address, TNG106-3 MAC learning, TNG100-5 multicast configuring, DLP137-1 multicast source statistics configuring, DLP137-1 N network interfaces configuring, DLP104-1 P package bitmaps configuring, DLP137-1 password rules, DLP101-1 plug-in unit locking, DLP112-1 unlocking, DLP112-1 plug-in unit system time Q iv Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI plug-in units configuring, NTP103-1 PPPoE interface configuring, DLP148-1, DLP149-1 PPPoE profile configuring, DLP148-1, DLP149-1 PPPoE relay disabling, DLP146-1, DLP147-1 enabling, DLP146-1, DLP147-1 PPPoE server configuring, DLP148-1, DLP149-1 PPPoE termination configuring, DLP148-1, DLP149-1 Q QoS configuring, DLP133-1, DLP134-1, DLP135-2 R rack configuring, DLP113-1, DLP114-1 RADIUS configuring, DLP144-1 RB-VLAN, TNG100-2 remote inventory retrieving information, RTP102-1 response timer configuring, DLP132-3, DLP136-2, DLP137-2, DLP150-1 RSTP configuring, DLP106-1, DLP107-1, DLP108-1 S SEM CLI commands, TNG106-1 expansion link connections, TNG106-3 identifying, TNG106-1 MAC address, TNG106-1, TNG106-3 planning, TNG106-3 services configuring, NTP101-1, NTP104-2, NTP105-1, NTP106-1, NTP107-1, NTP108-1, NTP109-1, NTP110-1, NTP111-1, NTP112-1, NTP113-1, NTP119-1, NTP120-1, NTP121-2, NTP122-2, NTP123-1, NTP125-1 shelf configuring, DLP113-1, DLP114-2 SHub restarting, DLP151-1 T xDSL profile T Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller v Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI restoring, RTP101-1 RSTP management, DLP106-1, DLP107-1, DLP108-1 shutting down, DLP151-1 VLAN filter, DLP103-2 SHub default gateway configuring, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 SHub MAC filters, TNG100-6 SNMP configuring, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 viewing, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 SNMP community parameters configuring, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 SNTP LT shelf, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 SHub, DLP102-3, DLP103-2, DLP162-2 subrack configuring, DLP113-1, DLP114-2 system configuring, NTP102-2 forwarding modes, TNG100-2 maintaining, NTP124-1 reboot modes, DLP152-1 rebooting, DLP152-1 system description configuring, DLP113-1, DLP114-1 system parameters configuring, DLP102-1, DLP137-1, DLP162-1, DLP175-1 system time viewing, DLP102-3, DLP162-2 T trap configuring, DLP109-2, DLP177-2 reporting modes, DLP109-1 trap table resetting, DLP109-4 troubleshooting alarms, TAP104-1 events, TAP104-1 U unicast configuration, TNG100-5 user creating and configuring, DLP101-2, DLP172-1 V vi Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI V verifying configuration, DLP113-1 VLAN creating, DLP115-3, DLP116-3, DLP118-1, DLP119-1, DLP120-1, DLP142-1, DLP143-1, DLP167-1, DLP168-1, DLP176-1 deleting, DLP119-2 VLAN filter configuring, DLP138-1 VRF creating, DLP121-1, DLP122-2, DLP123-1, DLP124-2, DLP125-1, DLP126-2, DLP127-2, DLP128-1, DLP171-1, DLP174-1 X xDSL profile creating, DLP129-2, DLP130-2, DLP163-1, DLP164-1, DLP165-1, DLP166-1, DLP169-2, DLP170-2, DLP173-1 types, DLP129-1
Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller i Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Customer documentation and product support Technical support Customer documentation Product manuals and documentation updates are available through the Alcatel Support Documentation and Software Download service at Alcatel.com. If you are a new user and require access to this service, please contact your Alcatel sales representative. Customer documentation feedback http:/ / www.alcatel.com/ support/ http:/ / www.alcatel.com/ osds/ documentation.feedback@alcatel.com
ii Alcatel 1540 Litespan Giga Ethernet Controller Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI Edition 01 Proposal 3EC-41868-0001-TQZZA Operations and Maintenance Using CLI
Evaluation of Some Websites that Offer Virtual Phone Numbers for SMS Reception and Websites to Obtain Virtual Debit/Credit Cards for Online Accounts Verifications
Hacking: A Beginners Guide To Your First Computer Hack; Learn To Crack A Wireless Network, Basic Security Penetration Made Easy and Step By Step Kali Linux
Computer Networking: The Complete Guide to Understanding Wireless Technology, Network Security, Computer Architecture and Communications Systems (Including Cisco, CCNA and CCENT)
Mastering Linux Security and Hardening - Second Edition: Protect your Linux systems from intruders, malware attacks, and other cyber threats, 2nd Edition
Cybersecurity: A Simple Beginner’s Guide to Cybersecurity, Computer Networks and Protecting Oneself from Hacking in the Form of Phishing, Malware, Ransomware, and Social Engineering
CCNA: 3 in 1- Beginner's Guide+ Tips on Taking the Exam+ Simple and Effective Strategies to Learn About CCNA (Cisco Certified Network Associate) Routing And Switching Certification